|
12
|
1 ;;; Do NOT edit this file!
|
|
|
2 ;;; It is automatically generated using "make autoloads"
|
|
|
3 ;;; See update-autoloads.sh and autoload.el for more details.
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
6 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse batch-byte-compile display-call-tree byte-compile-sexp byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-file byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "bytecomp/bytecomp.el")
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
8 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
9 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
|
|
|
10 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
12 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
13 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
|
|
|
14 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
15 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also unless argument
|
|
|
16 NORECURSION is non-nil.
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
18 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
|
|
|
19 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
|
|
|
20 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
|
|
|
21 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
23 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
25 If the fourth argument FORCE is non-nil,
|
|
|
26 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 (autoload 'byte-recompile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
29 Recompile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME if it needs recompilation.
|
|
|
30 This is if the `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not*
|
|
|
33 compiled. But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user
|
|
|
34 whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 don't ask and recompile anyway." t nil)
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
37 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
|
|
|
38 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
|
|
|
39 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling." t nil)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
41 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
42 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
|
|
|
43 Print the result in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
44 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
46 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
47 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
|
|
|
48 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
50 (autoload 'byte-compile-sexp "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
51 Compile and return SEXP." nil nil)
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
53 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
54 Display a call graph of a specified file.
|
|
|
55 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
|
|
|
56 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
|
|
|
57 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
|
|
|
58 all functions called by those functions.
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
|
|
|
61 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
|
|
|
62 cons, etc.).
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
|
|
|
65 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
|
|
|
66 invoked interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
69 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
70 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
|
|
|
71 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
|
|
|
72 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
73 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
75 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
76 Same as `batch-byte-recompile-directory' but without recursion." nil nil)
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
78 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
79 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
80 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
81 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
83 ;;;***
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
85 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "bytecomp/disass.el")
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
87 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
|
|
|
88 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
|
|
|
89 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
|
|
|
90 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
|
|
|
91 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
|
|
|
92 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
94 ;;;***
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
96 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el")
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
98 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
100 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
102 ;;;***
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el")
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 (defvar calendar-setup 'one-frame "\
|
|
|
107 The frame set up of the calendar.
|
|
|
108 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
|
|
|
109 dediciated frame) or `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
|
|
|
110 frames); with any other value the current frame is used.")
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
112 ;;;***
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
114 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el")
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
|
|
|
117 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
|
|
|
118 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
|
|
|
121 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
|
|
|
122 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
|
|
|
123 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
|
|
|
124 the screen.")
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
126 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
|
|
|
127 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
|
|
|
128 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
|
|
|
129 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
|
|
|
130 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
132 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
|
|
|
133 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
|
|
|
134 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
|
|
|
135 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
|
|
|
136 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
|
|
|
137 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
|
|
|
138 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
140 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
|
|
|
141 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
|
|
|
142 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
|
|
|
143 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
|
|
|
144 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
146 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
|
|
|
147 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
|
|
|
148 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
|
|
|
151 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
|
|
|
152 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
|
|
|
155 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
|
|
|
156 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
|
|
|
157 displayed.")
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
159 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
|
|
|
160 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
|
|
|
161 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
163 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
164 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
|
|
|
165 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
167 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
169 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
170 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
|
|
|
171 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
173 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
|
|
|
174 calendar.")
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
177 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
|
|
|
178 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
|
|
|
181 calendar.")
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
183 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
|
|
|
184 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
|
|
|
185 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
187 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
|
|
|
188 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
|
|
|
189 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
|
|
|
190 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
|
|
|
191 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
193 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
|
|
|
194 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
|
|
|
195 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
|
|
|
196 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
|
|
|
197 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
|
|
|
198 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
|
|
|
199 a function is also provided for this:
|
|
|
200 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
|
|
|
203 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
|
|
|
204 date is not visible in the window.
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
|
|
|
207 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
|
|
|
208 functions that move by days and weeks.")
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
|
|
|
211 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
213 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
|
|
|
214 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
|
|
|
215 date is visible in the window.
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
217 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
|
|
|
218 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
|
|
|
219 functions that move by days and weeks.")
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
221 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
|
|
|
222 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 MONTH/DAY
|
|
|
227 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
|
|
|
228 MONTHNAME DAY
|
|
|
229 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
|
|
|
230 DAYNAME
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
|
|
|
233 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
|
|
|
234 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
|
|
|
235 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
|
|
|
236 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
|
|
|
237 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
|
|
|
238 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
|
|
|
239 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
|
|
|
240 respectively.
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
242 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
|
|
|
243 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
|
|
|
244 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
246 DAY/MONTH
|
|
|
247 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
|
|
|
248 DAY MONTHNAME
|
|
|
249 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
|
|
|
250 DAYNAME
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
252 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
|
|
|
253 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
255 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
|
|
|
256 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
|
|
|
257 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
|
|
|
258 window but will appear in a diary window.
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
|
|
|
261 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
263 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
|
|
|
264 entries (in the default American style):
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
|
|
|
267 &1/1. Happy New Year!
|
|
|
268 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
|
|
|
269 21: Payday
|
|
|
270 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
|
|
|
271 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
|
|
|
272 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
|
|
|
273 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
|
|
|
274 mar 16 Dad's birthday
|
|
|
275 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
|
|
|
276 &* 15 time cards due.
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
278 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
|
|
|
279 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
|
|
|
280 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
|
|
|
281 single diary entry
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 02/11/1989
|
|
|
284 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
|
|
|
285 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
|
|
|
286 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
|
|
|
287 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
|
|
|
288 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
|
|
|
289 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
291 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
|
|
|
292 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
|
|
|
293 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
295 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
|
|
|
298
|
|
|
299 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
|
|
|
300 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
|
|
|
301 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
|
|
|
302 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
|
|
|
303 `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', `diary-phases-of-moon',
|
|
|
304 `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', and
|
|
|
305 `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
|
|
|
306 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
308 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
|
|
|
309 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
|
|
|
310 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
|
|
|
311 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
|
|
|
312 for these functions for details.
|
|
|
313
|
|
|
314 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
|
|
|
315 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
317 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
|
|
|
318 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
320 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
|
|
|
321 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
323 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
|
|
|
324 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
326 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
|
|
|
327 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
|
|
|
328 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
330 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
|
|
|
331 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
|
|
|
332 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
334 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
|
|
|
335 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
|
|
|
336 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
|
|
|
337 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
|
|
|
340 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
|
|
|
341 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
|
|
|
342 1990. The accepted European date styles are
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 DAY/MONTH
|
|
|
345 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
|
|
|
346 DAY MONTHNAME
|
|
|
347 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
|
|
|
348 DAYNAME
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
350 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
|
|
|
351 characters with or without a period.")
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
353 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
|
|
|
354 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
|
|
|
355 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
357 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
|
|
|
358 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
|
|
|
359 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 (defvar european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "\
|
|
|
362 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
|
|
|
363 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
365 (defvar american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "\
|
|
|
366 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
|
|
|
367 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
369 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "\
|
|
|
370 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
|
|
|
371 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
|
|
|
372 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
|
|
|
373 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
|
|
|
374 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
|
|
|
377 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
|
|
|
378 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
|
|
|
381 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
|
|
|
382 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
|
|
|
383 of the form
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
385 #include \"filename\"
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
387 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
|
|
|
388 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
|
|
|
389 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
|
|
|
390 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
|
|
|
391 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
393 For example, you could use
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
395 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
|
|
|
396 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
|
|
|
397 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
399 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
|
|
|
400 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
|
|
|
401 lexicographic order.")
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
403 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
|
|
|
404 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
|
|
|
405 Can be used for appointment notification.")
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
407 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
|
|
|
408 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
|
|
|
409 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
|
|
|
410 diary display.
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
412 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
|
|
|
413 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
|
|
|
414 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
|
|
|
415 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
|
|
|
416 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
|
|
|
417 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
|
|
|
418 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
420 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
|
|
|
421 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
|
|
|
422 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
|
|
|
423 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
|
|
|
424 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
|
|
|
425 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
|
|
|
426 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
|
|
|
427 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
|
|
|
428
|
|
|
429 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
|
|
|
430 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
|
|
|
431 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
|
|
|
432 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
|
|
|
433 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
|
|
|
434 describes the style of such diary entries.")
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
436 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
|
|
|
437 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
|
|
|
438
|
|
|
439 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
|
|
|
440 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
|
|
|
441 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
|
|
|
442 of the form
|
|
|
443 #include \"filename\"
|
|
|
444 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
|
|
|
445 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
|
|
|
446 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
|
|
|
447 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
|
|
|
448 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
450 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
|
|
|
451 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
|
|
|
452 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
|
|
|
453 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
|
|
|
454 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
|
|
|
455 describes the style of such diary entries.")
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
457 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
|
|
|
458 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
|
|
|
459 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
|
|
|
460 are holidays.")
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
462 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
|
|
|
463 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
|
|
|
464 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
|
|
|
465 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
|
|
|
466 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
468 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
470 (defvar general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Ground Hog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fool's Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
|
|
|
471 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
|
|
|
472 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
474 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
476 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
477 *Local holidays.
|
|
|
478 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
480 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
482 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
483 *User defined holidays.
|
|
|
484 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
486 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
488 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
|
|
|
489
|
|
|
490 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
496 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
498 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
500 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
|
|
|
505 *Jewish holidays.
|
|
|
506 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
508 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
510 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
|
|
|
511 *Christian holidays.
|
|
|
512 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
514 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
515
|
|
|
516 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
|
|
|
517 *Islamic holidays.
|
|
|
518 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
522 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
|
|
|
523 *Sun-related holidays.
|
|
|
524 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
|
|
|
529 Display a three-month calendar in another window.
|
|
|
530 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in the middle
|
|
|
531 surrounded by the previous and next months. The cursor is put on today's date.
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
533 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file; appropriate setting
|
|
|
536 of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' will cause the diary entries for
|
|
|
537 the current date to be displayed in another window. The value of the variable
|
|
|
538 `number-of-diary-entries' controls the number of days of diary entries
|
|
|
539 displayed upon initial display of the calendar.
|
|
|
540
|
|
|
541 An optional prefix argument ARG causes the calendar displayed to be ARG
|
|
|
542 months in the future if ARG is positive or in the past if ARG is negative;
|
|
|
543 in this case the cursor goes on the first day of the month.
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
545 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved into view.
|
|
|
546 Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar can be scrolled forward
|
|
|
547 or backward.
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
549 The cursor can be moved forward or backward by one day, one week, one month,
|
|
|
550 or one year. All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
|
|
|
551 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the digit keys
|
|
|
552 and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. The window is replotted as
|
|
|
553 necessary to display the desired date.
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
555 Diary entries can be marked on the calendar or displayed in another window.
|
|
|
556
|
|
|
557 Use M-x describe-mode for details of the key bindings in the calendar window.
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
559 The Gregorian calendar is assumed.
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
561 After loading the calendar, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
562 `calendar-load-hook' are run. This is the place to add key bindings to the
|
|
|
563 calendar-mode-map.
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
565 After preparing the calendar window initially, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
566 `initial-calendar-window-hook' are run.
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
568 The hooks given by the variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' are run
|
|
|
569 everytime the calendar window gets scrolled, if the current date is visible
|
|
|
570 in the window. If it is not visible, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
571 `today-invisible-calendar-hook' are run. Thus, for example, setting
|
|
|
572 `today-visible-calendar-hook' to 'calendar-star-date will cause today's date
|
|
|
573 to be replaced by asterisks to highlight it whenever it is in the window." t nil)
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
575 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "calendar" "\
|
|
|
576 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
|
|
|
577 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
|
|
|
578 from the cursor position." t nil)
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
580 ;;;***
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 ;;;### (autoloads (diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el")
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
584 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
|
|
|
585 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
|
|
|
586 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
|
|
|
587 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
|
|
|
588 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
590 ;;;***
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
592 ;;;### (autoloads (holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el")
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
594 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
|
|
|
595 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
596 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
598 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
599
|
|
|
600 ;;;***
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
602 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el")
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
604 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
|
|
|
605 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
606 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
608 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
610 ;;;***
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
612 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el")
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
|
|
|
615 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
|
|
|
618 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
|
|
|
619 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 For example, the form
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
623 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
|
|
|
624 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
626 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
628 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
|
|
|
629 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
631 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
632 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
633 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
|
|
|
634 York City.
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
636 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
638 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
|
|
|
639 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
641 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
642 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
643 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
|
|
|
644 York City.
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
646 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
648 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
|
|
|
649 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', calendar-latitude'.
|
|
|
650 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
|
|
|
651 pair.
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
653 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
655 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
|
|
|
656 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to +/- 2 minutes.
|
|
|
657 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
659 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
|
|
|
660 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
|
|
|
661
|
|
|
662 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
663
|
|
|
664 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
|
|
|
665 Date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
|
|
|
666 Requires floating point." nil nil)
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
668 ;;;***
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
670 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-dynamic-list-completions comint-dynamic-complete comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint/comint.el")
|
|
|
671
|
|
|
672 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
|
|
|
673 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
674 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
675 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
|
|
|
676 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
|
|
|
677 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
|
|
|
678 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
|
|
|
679 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
681 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
683 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
|
|
|
684 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
|
|
|
685 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
|
|
|
686 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
|
|
|
687 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
|
|
|
688 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
690 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-complete "comint" "\
|
|
|
691 Dynamically perform completion at point.
|
|
|
692 Calls the functions in `comint-dynamic-complete-functions' to perform
|
|
|
693 completion until a function returns non-nil, at which point completion is
|
|
|
694 assumed to have occurred." t nil)
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
696 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-list-completions "comint" "\
|
|
|
697 List in help buffer sorted COMPLETIONS.
|
|
|
698 Typing SPC flushes the help buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
699
|
|
|
700 ;;;***
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
702 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb) "gdb" "comint/gdb.el")
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
704 (defvar gdb-command-name "gdb" "\
|
|
|
705 Pathname for executing gdb.")
|
|
|
706
|
|
|
707 (autoload 'gdb "gdb" "\
|
|
|
708 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gdb-FILE*.
|
|
|
709 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
710 and source-file directory for GDB. If you wish to change this, use
|
|
|
711 the GDB commands `cd DIR' and `directory'." t nil)
|
|
|
712
|
|
|
713 ;;;***
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
715 ;;;### (autoloads (gdbsrc) "gdbsrc" "comint/gdbsrc.el")
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
717 (autoload 'gdbsrc "gdbsrc" "\
|
|
|
718 Activates a gdb session with gdbsrc-mode turned on. A numeric prefix
|
|
|
719 argument can be used to specify a running process to attach, and a non-numeric
|
|
|
720 prefix argument will cause you to be prompted for a core file to debug." t nil)
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
722 ;;;***
|
|
|
723
|
|
|
724 ;;;### (autoloads (perldb xdb dbx sdb) "gud" "comint/gud.el")
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
726 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
727 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
728 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
729 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
730
|
|
|
731 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
|
|
|
732 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
733 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
734 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
736 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
737 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
738 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
739 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
741 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
742 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
743
|
|
|
744 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
|
|
|
745 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
746 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
747 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
748
|
|
|
749 ;;;***
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "comint/inf-lisp.el")
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
753 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
755 ;;;***
|
|
|
756
|
|
|
757 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "comint/rlogin.el")
|
|
|
758
|
|
|
759 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
761 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
|
|
|
762 Open a network login connection to HOST via the `rlogin' program.
|
|
|
763 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
765 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
|
|
|
766 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
|
|
|
767 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
|
|
|
768 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
|
|
|
769
|
|
|
770 When called from a program, if the optional second argument is a string or
|
|
|
771 buffer, it names the buffer to use.
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
773 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
|
|
|
774 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
|
|
|
775
|
|
|
776 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
|
|
|
777 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
|
|
|
778 INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
779
|
|
|
780 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
|
|
|
781 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
|
|
|
782 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
|
|
|
783 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
|
|
|
784 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
786 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
|
|
|
787 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
|
|
|
788 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
|
|
|
789 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
791 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
|
|
|
792 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
|
|
|
793 variable." t nil)
|
|
|
794
|
|
|
795 ;;;***
|
|
|
796
|
|
|
797 ;;;### (autoloads (shell) "shell" "comint/shell.el")
|
|
|
798
|
|
|
799 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern (purecopy "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *") "\
|
|
|
800 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
801 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
802 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
803 shell buffer.
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
805 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
806 shell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
807 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
809 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
811 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
|
|
|
812 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
813 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
814 If buffer exists and shell process is running,
|
|
|
815 just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
816 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
817 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
818 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
819 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
820 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
821 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
822 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
823 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
|
|
|
824 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
826 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
827 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
828 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
829 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
830
|
|
|
831 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
833 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
835 ;;;***
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
837 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "comint/telnet.el")
|
|
|
838
|
|
|
839 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
841 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
|
|
|
842 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
843 With a prefix argument, prompts for the port name or number as well.
|
|
|
844 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*HOST-telnet*'.
|
|
|
845 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
846 See also `\\[rsh]'." t nil)
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
848 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
|
|
|
849
|
|
|
850 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
|
|
|
851 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
852 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
|
|
|
853 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
854 See also `\\[telnet]'." t nil)
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
856 ;;;***
|
|
|
857
|
|
|
858 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "dired/ange-ftp.el")
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
860 (defvar ange-ftp-path-format '("^/\\(\\([^@/:]*\\)@\\)?\\([^@/:]*\\):\\(.*\\)" 3 2 4) "\
|
|
|
861 *Format of a fully expanded remote pathname. This is a cons
|
|
|
862 \(REGEXP . (HOST USER PATH)), where REGEXP is a regular expression matching
|
|
|
863 the full remote pathname, and HOST, USER, and PATH are the numbers of
|
|
|
864 parenthesized expressions in REGEXP for the components (in that order).")
|
|
|
865
|
|
|
866 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
868 (or (assoc (car ange-ftp-path-format) file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (cons (car ange-ftp-path-format) 'ange-ftp-hook-function) file-name-handler-alist)))
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
870 ;;;***
|
|
|
871
|
|
|
872 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-make-permissions-interactive) "dired-chmod" "dired/dired-chmod.el")
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
874 (autoload 'dired-make-permissions-interactive "dired-chmod" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
876 ;;;***
|
|
|
877
|
|
|
878 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-cwd-make-magic) "dired-cwd" "dired/dired-cwd.el")
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
880 (autoload 'dired-cwd-make-magic "dired-cwd" "\
|
|
|
881 Modify COMMAND so that it's working directory is the current dired directory.
|
|
|
882 This works by binding `default-directory' to `(default-directory)'s value.
|
|
|
883 See also function `default-directory'." t nil)
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
885 ;;;***
|
|
|
886
|
|
|
887 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-rename-list dired-do-rename-numeric) "dired-num" "dired/dired-num.el")
|
|
|
888
|
|
|
889 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-numeric "dired-num" "\
|
|
|
890 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files using numbers.
|
|
|
891 You are prompted for a format string, e.g \"part_%d_of_8\", and a starting
|
|
|
892 number, e.g. 1. If there are 8 marked files, this example will rename them to
|
|
|
893
|
|
|
894 part_1_of_8
|
|
|
895 part_2_of_8
|
|
|
896 ...
|
|
|
897 part_8_of_8" t nil)
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
899 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-list "dired-num" "\
|
|
|
900 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files using elements from LIST.
|
|
|
901 You are prompted for a format string, e.g \"x_%s\", and the list,
|
|
|
902 e.g. '(foo bar zod). This example will rename the marked files to
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
904 x_foo
|
|
|
905 x_bar
|
|
|
906 x_zod
|
|
|
907
|
|
|
908 It is an error if LIST has not as many elements as there are files." t nil)
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
910 ;;;***
|
|
|
911
|
|
|
912 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-rcs-mark-rcs-files dired-rcs-mark-rcs-locked-files) "dired-rcs" "dired/dired-rcs.el")
|
|
|
913
|
|
|
914 (autoload 'dired-rcs-mark-rcs-locked-files "dired-rcs" "\
|
|
|
915 Mark all files that are under RCS control and RCS-locked.
|
|
|
916 With prefix argument, unflag all those files.
|
|
|
917 Mentions RCS files for which a working file was not found in this buffer.
|
|
|
918 Type \\[dired-why] to see them again." t nil)
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
920 (autoload 'dired-rcs-mark-rcs-files "dired-rcs" "\
|
|
|
921 Mark all files that are under RCS control.
|
|
|
922 With prefix argument, unflag all those files.
|
|
|
923 Mentions RCS files for which a working file was not found in this buffer.
|
|
|
924 Type \\[dired-why] to see them again." t nil)
|
|
|
925
|
|
|
926 ;;;***
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
928 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-extra-startup) "dired-x" "dired/dired-x.el")
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
930 (autoload 'dired-extra-startup "dired-x" "\
|
|
|
931 Automatically put on dired-mode-hook to get extra dired features:
|
|
|
932 \\<dired-mode-map>
|
|
|
933 \\[dired-vm] -- VM on folder
|
|
|
934 \\[dired-rmail] -- Rmail on folder
|
|
|
935 \\[dired-do-insert-subdir] -- insert all marked subdirs
|
|
|
936 \\[dired-do-find-file] -- visit all marked files simultaneously
|
|
|
937 \\[dired-set-marker-char], \\[dired-restore-marker-char] -- change and display dired-marker-char dynamically.
|
|
|
938 \\[dired-omit-toggle] -- toggle omitting of files
|
|
|
939 \\[dired-mark-sexp] -- mark by lisp expression
|
|
|
940 \\[dired-do-unmark] -- replace existing marker with another.
|
|
|
941 \\[dired-mark-rcs-files] -- mark all RCS controlled files
|
|
|
942 \\[dired-mark-files-compilation-buffer] -- mark compilation files
|
|
|
943 \\[dired-copy-filename-as-kill] -- copy the file or subdir names into the kill ring.
|
|
|
944 You can feed it to other commands using \\[yank].
|
|
|
945
|
|
|
946 For more features, see variables
|
|
|
947
|
|
|
948 dired-omit-files
|
|
|
949 dired-omit-extenstions
|
|
|
950 dired-dangerous-shell-command
|
|
|
951 dired-mark-keys
|
|
|
952 dired-local-variables-file
|
|
|
953 dired-find-subdir
|
|
|
954 dired-guess-have-gnutar
|
|
|
955 dired-auto-shell-command-alist
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
957 See also functions
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
959 dired-sort-on-size
|
|
|
960 dired-do-relsymlink
|
|
|
961 dired-flag-extension
|
|
|
962 dired-virtual
|
|
|
963 dired-jump-back
|
|
|
964 dired-jump-back-other-window
|
|
|
965 " t nil)
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
967 ;;;***
|
|
|
968
|
|
|
969 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-window dired) "dired" "dired/dired.el")
|
|
|
970
|
|
|
971 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
|
|
|
972 *Switches passed to ls for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
|
|
|
973 Can contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.")
|
|
|
974
|
|
|
975 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(dgux-unix hpux usg-unix-v silicon-graphics-unix irix)) "chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
|
|
|
976 *Name of chown command (usully `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
978 (defvar dired-ls-program (purecopy "ls") "\
|
|
|
979 *Absolute or relative name of the ls program used by dired.")
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
981 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks t "\
|
|
|
982 *Informs dired about how ls -lF marks symbolic links.
|
|
|
983 Set this to t if `dired-ls-program' with -lF marks the symbolic link
|
|
|
984 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
|
|
|
985
|
|
|
986 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
|
|
|
987 nil, if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
|
|
|
988
|
|
|
989 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
|
|
|
990 marking ls program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
|
|
|
991 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
|
|
|
992 always set this variable to t.")
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
994 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
|
|
|
995 *Regexp of files to skip when moving point to the first file of a new directory listing.
|
|
|
996 Nil means move to the subdir line, t means move to first file.")
|
|
|
997
|
|
|
998 (defvar dired-keep-marker-move t "\
|
|
|
999 If t, moved marked files are marked if their originals were.
|
|
|
1000 If a character, those files (marked or not) are marked with that character.")
|
|
|
1001
|
|
|
1002 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
|
|
|
1003 If t, copied files are marked if their source files were.
|
|
|
1004 If a character, those files are always marked with that character.")
|
|
|
1005
|
|
|
1006 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
|
|
|
1007 If t, hard-linked files are marked if the linked-to files were.
|
|
|
1008 If a character, those files are always marked with that character.")
|
|
|
1009
|
|
|
1010 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
|
|
|
1011 If t, symlinked marked files are marked if the linked-to files were.
|
|
|
1012 If a character, those files are always marked with that character.")
|
|
|
1013
|
|
|
1014 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
|
|
|
1015 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory:
|
|
|
1016 If there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, use
|
|
|
1017 its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired
|
|
|
1018 buffer.
|
|
|
1019
|
|
|
1020 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, move etc.")
|
|
|
1021
|
|
|
1022 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time nil "\
|
|
|
1023 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
|
|
|
1024 \(This works on only some systems.)\\<dired-mode-map>
|
|
|
1025 Use `\\[dired-do-copy]' with a zero prefix argument to toggle its value.")
|
|
|
1026
|
|
|
1027 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
|
|
|
1028
|
|
|
1029 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
|
|
|
1030 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
|
|
|
1031 With an optional prefix argument you can specify the ls SWITCHES that are used.
|
|
|
1032 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
|
|
|
1033 shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
|
|
|
1034 You can move around in it with the usual commands.
|
|
|
1035 You can flag files for deletion with \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-flag-file-deleted] and then delete them by
|
|
|
1036 typing \\[dired-do-deletions].
|
|
|
1037 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
|
|
|
1038
|
|
|
1039 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
|
|
|
1040
|
|
|
1041 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
|
|
|
1042
|
|
|
1043 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1044 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
1045
|
|
|
1046 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
|
|
|
1047 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
|
|
|
1048
|
|
|
1049 ;;;***
|
|
|
1050
|
|
|
1051 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired" "dired/find-dired.el")
|
|
|
1052
|
|
|
1053 (defvar find-ls-option (purecopy (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
|
|
|
1054 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
|
|
|
1055 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
|
|
|
1056 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
|
|
|
1057 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
|
|
|
1058
|
|
|
1059 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) "-s" "-q")) "\
|
|
|
1060 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
|
|
|
1061 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
|
|
|
1062 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
|
|
|
1063
|
|
|
1064 (defvar find-dired-multiple-buffers nil "\
|
|
|
1065 *If non-nil, generates a new buffer for each find")
|
|
|
1066
|
|
|
1067 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
|
|
|
1068 Run `find' and go into dired-mode on a buffer of the output.
|
|
|
1069 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
|
|
|
1070
|
|
|
1071 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls" t nil)
|
|
|
1072
|
|
|
1073 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
|
|
|
1074 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
|
|
|
1075 and run dired on those files.
|
|
|
1076 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
|
|
|
1077 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
|
|
|
1078
|
|
|
1079 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
|
|
|
1080
|
|
|
1081 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
|
|
|
1082 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
|
|
|
1083 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
|
|
|
1084
|
|
|
1085 find . -type f -exec test -r {} \\; -exec egrep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
|
|
|
1086
|
|
|
1087 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
|
|
|
1088
|
|
|
1089 ;;;***
|
|
|
1090
|
|
|
1091 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "edebug/edebug.el")
|
|
|
1092
|
|
|
1093 (autoload 'def-edebug-spec "edebug" "\
|
|
|
1094 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
|
|
|
1095 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
|
|
|
1096 \(naming a function), or a list." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
1097
|
|
|
1098 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
|
|
|
1099
|
|
|
1100 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
|
|
|
1101 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
|
|
|
1102 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
|
|
|
1103 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
|
|
|
1104 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
|
|
|
1105
|
|
|
1106 ;;;***
|
|
|
1107
|
|
|
1108 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff/ediff-mult.el")
|
|
|
1109
|
|
|
1110 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
|
|
|
1111 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
|
|
|
1112
|
|
|
1113 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
|
|
|
1114
|
|
|
1115 ;;;***
|
|
|
1116
|
|
16
|
1117 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "ediff/ediff-util.el")
|
|
12
|
1118
|
|
|
1119 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
|
|
16
|
1120 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
|
|
|
1121 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
|
|
12
|
1122 which see." t nil)
|
|
|
1123
|
|
16
|
1124 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
|
|
|
1125 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
|
|
|
1126 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
|
|
|
1127 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
|
|
|
1128
|
|
12
|
1129 ;;;***
|
|
|
1130
|
|
|
1131 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff/ediff.el")
|
|
|
1132
|
|
|
1133 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1134 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
|
|
|
1135
|
|
|
1136 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1137 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
|
|
|
1140
|
|
|
1141 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
|
|
|
1142
|
|
|
1143 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1144 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
|
|
|
1145
|
|
|
1146 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
|
|
|
1147
|
|
|
1148 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1149 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
|
|
|
1150
|
|
|
1151 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
|
|
|
1152
|
|
|
1153 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1154 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
|
|
|
1155 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1156 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1157
|
|
|
1158 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
|
|
|
1159
|
|
|
1160 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1161 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
1162 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1163 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1164
|
|
|
1165 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
1166
|
|
|
1167 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1168 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
|
|
|
1169 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
|
|
|
1170 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1171
|
|
|
1172 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
|
|
|
1173
|
|
|
1174 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1175 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
|
|
|
1176 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1177 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1178
|
|
|
1179 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
|
|
|
1180
|
|
|
1181 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1182 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
|
|
|
1183 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
|
|
|
1184 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
|
|
|
1185 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1186 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1187
|
|
|
1188 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1189 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
1190 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1191 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1192
|
|
|
1193 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
1194
|
|
|
1195 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1196 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
|
|
|
1197 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1198 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1199
|
|
|
1200 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1201
|
|
|
1202 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1203
|
|
|
1204 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1205 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
|
|
|
1206 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
1207 follows:
|
|
|
1208 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
1209 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
1210
|
|
|
1211 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1212 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
|
|
|
1213 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
1214 follows:
|
|
|
1215 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
1216 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
1217
|
|
|
1218 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1219 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
1220 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
1221 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
|
|
|
1222 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1225 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
1226 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
1227 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
|
|
|
1228 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
|
|
|
1229 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1230
|
|
|
1231 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
|
|
|
1232
|
|
|
1233 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1234 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1235
|
|
|
1236 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1237 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1238
|
|
|
1239 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1240
|
|
|
1241 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1242 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1243
|
|
|
1244 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1245 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1246
|
|
|
1247 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1248 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
|
|
|
1249 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1250 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1251
|
|
|
1252 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1253 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
|
|
14
|
1254 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
12
|
1255 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1256
|
|
|
1257 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1258 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
|
|
|
1259 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a lide describing a
|
|
|
1260 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
|
|
|
1261
|
|
|
1262 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1263 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1266 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1267
|
|
|
1268 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
|
|
|
1269
|
|
|
1270 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
|
|
|
1271
|
|
|
1272 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1273 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
|
|
|
1274 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1275 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
|
|
|
1276
|
|
|
1277 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1278 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
|
|
|
1279 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
|
|
|
1280
|
|
|
1281 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1282 Display Ediff's manual.
|
|
|
1283 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
|
|
|
1284
|
|
|
1285 ;;;***
|
|
|
1286
|
|
|
1287 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "electric/ebuff-menu.el")
|
|
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
|
|
|
1290 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
|
|
|
1291 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
|
|
|
1292 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
|
|
|
1293
|
|
|
1294 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
|
|
|
1295 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
|
|
|
1296 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
|
|
|
1297
|
|
|
1298 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
|
|
|
1299 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
|
|
|
1300 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
|
|
|
1301
|
|
|
1302 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
|
|
|
1305 When called from Lisp code, FILES-ONLY may be a regular expression,
|
|
|
1306 in which case only buffers whose names match that expression are listed,
|
|
|
1307 or an arbitrary predicate function.
|
|
|
1308
|
|
|
1309 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
1310
|
|
|
1311 ;;;***
|
|
|
1312
|
|
|
1313 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-command-history Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "electric/echistory.el")
|
|
|
1314
|
|
|
1315 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1316 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
|
|
|
1317 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
|
|
|
1318
|
|
|
1319 (autoload 'electric-command-history "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1320 \\<electric-history-map>Major mode for examining and redoing commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
1321 This pops up a window with the Command History listing.
|
|
|
1322 The number of command listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
1323 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1324 Combines typeout Command History list window with menu like selection
|
|
|
1325 of an expression from the history for re-evaluation in the *original* buffer.
|
|
|
1326
|
|
|
1327 The history displayed is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1328
|
|
|
1329 Like Emacs-Lisp mode except that characters do not insert themselves and
|
|
|
1330 Tab and Linefeed do not indent. Instead these commands are provided:
|
|
|
1331 \\{electric-history-map}
|
|
|
1332
|
|
|
1333 Calls the value of `electric-command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
1334 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
1335
|
|
|
1336 ;;;***
|
|
|
1337
|
|
|
1338 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "electric/ehelp.el")
|
|
|
1339
|
|
|
1340 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
|
|
|
1341 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
|
|
|
1342 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
|
|
|
1343 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
|
|
|
1344 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
|
|
|
1345 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
|
|
|
1346 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
|
|
|
1347 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1350 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
|
|
|
1351
|
|
|
1352 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
|
|
|
1353 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
|
|
|
1354 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
|
|
|
1355 this value is non-nil.
|
|
|
1356
|
|
|
1357 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1358 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
|
|
|
1359 things.
|
|
|
1360
|
|
|
1361 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
|
|
|
1362 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
|
|
|
1363 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
|
|
|
1364
|
|
|
1365 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1366
|
|
|
1367 ;;;***
|
|
|
1368
|
|
|
1369 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "electric/helper.el")
|
|
|
1370
|
|
|
1371 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
|
|
|
1372 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1373
|
|
|
1374 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
|
|
|
1375 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1376
|
|
|
1377 ;;;***
|
|
|
1378
|
|
|
1379 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulators/edt.el")
|
|
|
1380
|
|
|
1381 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
|
|
|
1382 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1383
|
|
|
1384 ;;;***
|
|
|
1385
|
|
|
1386 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulators/mlconvert.el")
|
|
|
1387
|
|
|
1388 (autoload 'convert-mocklisp-buffer "mlconvert" "\
|
|
|
1389 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
|
|
|
1390
|
|
|
1391 ;;;***
|
|
|
1392
|
|
|
1393 ;;;### (autoloads (teco-command) "teco" "emulators/teco.el")
|
|
|
1394
|
|
|
1395 (autoload 'teco-command "teco" "\
|
|
|
1396 Read and execute a Teco command string." t nil)
|
|
|
1397
|
|
|
1398 ;;;***
|
|
|
1399
|
|
|
1400 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulators/tpu-edt.el")
|
|
|
1401
|
|
|
1402 (fset 'tpu-edt-mode 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1403
|
|
|
1404 (fset 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1405
|
|
|
1406 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
|
|
|
1407 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1408
|
|
|
1409 ;;;***
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "emulators/tpu-extras.el")
|
|
|
1412
|
|
|
1413 (autoload 'tpu-set-scroll-margins "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1414 Set scroll margins." t nil)
|
|
|
1415
|
|
|
1416 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-free "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1417 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
|
|
|
1418
|
|
|
1419 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-bound "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1420 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
|
|
|
1421
|
|
|
1422 ;;;***
|
|
|
1423
|
|
|
1424 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulators/ws-mode.el")
|
|
|
1425
|
|
|
1426 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
|
|
|
1427 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
|
|
|
1428
|
|
|
1429 BUGS:
|
|
|
1430 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
|
|
|
1431 are not implemented
|
|
|
1432 - Options for search and replace
|
|
|
1433 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
|
|
|
1434 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
|
|
|
1435
|
|
|
1436 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
|
|
|
1437 Emacs-like.
|
|
|
1438
|
|
|
1439 The key bindings are:
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 C-a backward-word
|
|
|
1442 C-b fill-paragraph
|
|
|
1443 C-c scroll-up-line
|
|
|
1444 C-d forward-char
|
|
|
1445 C-e previous-line
|
|
|
1446 C-f forward-word
|
|
|
1447 C-g delete-char
|
|
|
1448 C-h backward-char
|
|
|
1449 C-i indent-for-tab-command
|
|
|
1450 C-j help-for-help
|
|
|
1451 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
|
|
|
1452 C-l ws-repeat-search
|
|
|
1453 C-n open-line
|
|
|
1454 C-p quoted-insert
|
|
|
1455 C-r scroll-down-line
|
|
|
1456 C-s backward-char
|
|
|
1457 C-t kill-word
|
|
|
1458 C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1459 C-v overwrite-mode
|
|
|
1460 C-w scroll-down
|
|
|
1461 C-x next-line
|
|
|
1462 C-y kill-complete-line
|
|
|
1463 C-z scroll-up
|
|
|
1464
|
|
|
1465 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
|
|
|
1466 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
|
|
|
1467 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
|
|
|
1468 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
|
|
|
1469 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
|
|
|
1470 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
|
|
|
1471 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
|
|
|
1472 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
|
|
|
1473 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
|
|
|
1474 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
|
|
|
1475 C-k b ws-begin-block
|
|
|
1476 C-k c ws-copy-block
|
|
|
1477 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
|
|
|
1478 C-k f find-file
|
|
|
1479 C-k h ws-show-markers
|
|
|
1480 C-k i ws-indent-block
|
|
|
1481 C-k k ws-end-block
|
|
|
1482 C-k p ws-print-block
|
|
|
1483 C-k q kill-emacs
|
|
|
1484 C-k r insert-file
|
|
|
1485 C-k s save-some-buffers
|
|
|
1486 C-k t ws-mark-word
|
|
|
1487 C-k u ws-exdent-block
|
|
|
1488 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1489 C-k v ws-move-block
|
|
|
1490 C-k w ws-write-block
|
|
|
1491 C-k x kill-emacs
|
|
|
1492 C-k y ws-delete-block
|
|
|
1493
|
|
|
1494 C-o c wordstar-center-line
|
|
|
1495 C-o b switch-to-buffer
|
|
|
1496 C-o j justify-current-line
|
|
|
1497 C-o k kill-buffer
|
|
|
1498 C-o l list-buffers
|
|
|
1499 C-o m auto-fill-mode
|
|
|
1500 C-o r set-fill-column
|
|
|
1501 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1502 C-o wd delete-other-windows
|
|
|
1503 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
|
|
|
1504 C-o wo other-window
|
|
|
1505 C-o wv split-window-vertically
|
|
|
1506
|
|
|
1507 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
|
|
|
1508 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
|
|
|
1509 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
|
|
|
1510 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
|
|
|
1511 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
|
|
|
1512 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
|
|
|
1513 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
|
|
|
1514 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
|
|
|
1515 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
|
|
|
1516 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
|
|
|
1517 C-q a ws-query-replace
|
|
|
1518 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
|
|
|
1519 C-q c end-of-buffer
|
|
|
1520 C-q d end-of-line
|
|
|
1521 C-q f ws-search
|
|
|
1522 C-q k ws-to-block-end
|
|
|
1523 C-q l ws-undo
|
|
|
1524 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
|
|
|
1525 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
|
|
|
1526 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1527 C-q w ws-last-error
|
|
|
1528 C-q y ws-kill-eol
|
|
|
1529 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
|
|
|
1530 " t nil)
|
|
|
1531
|
|
|
1532 ;;;***
|
|
|
1533
|
|
|
1534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs-eos" "eos/loaddefs-eos.el")
|
|
|
1535
|
|
|
1536 ;;;***
|
|
|
1537
|
|
|
1538 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "games/blackbox.el")
|
|
|
1539
|
|
|
1540 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
|
|
|
1541 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
|
|
|
1542 the default is 4.
|
|
|
1543
|
|
|
1544 What is blackbox?
|
|
|
1545
|
|
|
1546 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
|
|
|
1547 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
|
|
|
1548 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
|
|
|
1549 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
|
|
|
1550 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
|
|
|
1551 your score.
|
|
|
1552
|
|
|
1553 Overview of play:
|
|
|
1554
|
|
|
1555 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
|
|
|
1556 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
|
|
|
1557 four.
|
|
|
1558
|
|
|
1559 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
|
|
|
1560 movement keys.
|
|
|
1561
|
|
|
1562 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
|
|
|
1563 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
|
|
|
1564
|
|
|
1565 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
|
|
|
1566 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
|
|
|
1567
|
|
|
1568 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
|
|
|
1569 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
|
|
|
1570 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
|
|
|
1571 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
|
|
|
1572 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
|
|
|
1573 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
|
|
|
1574
|
|
|
1575 Details:
|
|
|
1576
|
|
|
1577 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
|
|
|
1578
|
|
|
1579 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
|
|
|
1580 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
|
|
|
1581 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
|
|
|
1582 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
|
|
|
1583
|
|
|
1584 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
|
|
|
1585 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
|
|
|
1586 denoted by the letter `R'.
|
|
|
1587
|
|
|
1588 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
|
|
|
1589 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
|
|
|
1590 denoted by the letter `H'.
|
|
|
1591
|
|
|
1592 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
|
|
|
1593 example.
|
|
|
1594
|
|
|
1595 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
|
|
|
1596 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
|
|
|
1597 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
|
|
|
1598 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
|
|
|
1599 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
|
|
|
1600 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
|
|
|
1601 ray.
|
|
|
1602
|
|
|
1603 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
|
|
|
1604 degree deflection it causes.
|
|
|
1605
|
|
|
1606 1
|
|
|
1607 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1608 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1609 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
|
|
|
1610 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
|
|
|
1611 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
|
|
|
1612 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
|
|
|
1613 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
|
|
|
1614 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
|
|
|
1615 2 3
|
|
|
1616
|
|
|
1617 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
|
|
|
1618 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
|
|
|
1619
|
|
|
1620
|
|
|
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1622 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1623 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1624 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1627 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1628 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
|
|
|
1631 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
|
|
|
1632 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
|
|
|
1633 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
|
|
|
1634 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
|
|
|
1635 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
|
|
|
1636 emerging from the box.
|
|
|
1637
|
|
|
1638 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1641 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
|
|
|
1642 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
|
|
|
1643 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
|
|
|
1644 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
|
|
|
1645 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1646 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1647 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1648
|
|
|
1649 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
|
|
|
1650 a reflection." t nil)
|
|
|
1651
|
|
|
1652 ;;;***
|
|
|
1653
|
|
|
1654 ;;;### (autoloads (conx-load conx conx-region conx-buffer) "conx" "games/conx.el")
|
|
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 (autoload 'conx-buffer "conx" "\
|
|
|
1657 Absorb the text in the current buffer into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 (autoload 'conx-region "conx" "\
|
|
|
1660 Absorb the text in the current region into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1661
|
|
|
1662 (autoload 'conx "conx" "\
|
|
|
1663 Generate some random sentences in the *conx* buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1664
|
|
|
1665 (autoload 'conx-load "conx" "\
|
|
|
1666 Load in a CONX database written by the \\[conx-save] command.
|
|
|
1667 This clears the database currently in memory." t nil)
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669 ;;;***
|
|
|
1670
|
|
|
1671 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) "cookie1" "games/cookie1.el")
|
|
|
1672
|
|
|
1673 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1674 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1675 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1676
|
|
|
1677 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1678 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1679 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1680
|
|
|
1681 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1682 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
|
|
|
1683 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
|
|
|
1684 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
1685
|
|
|
1686 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1687 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
|
|
|
1688
|
|
|
1689 ;;;***
|
|
|
1690
|
|
14
|
1691 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "games/decipher.el")
|
|
|
1692
|
|
|
1693 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1694 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1695
|
|
|
1696 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1697 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
|
|
|
1698 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
|
|
|
1699 Upper-case letters are commands.
|
|
|
1700
|
|
|
1701 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
|
|
|
1702 modify it.
|
|
|
1703
|
|
|
1704 The most useful commands are:
|
|
|
1705 \\<decipher-mode-map>
|
|
|
1706 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
|
|
|
1707 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
|
|
|
1708 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
|
|
|
1709 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
|
|
|
1710 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
|
|
|
1711
|
|
|
1712 ;;;***
|
|
|
1713
|
|
12
|
1714 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "games/dissociate.el")
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
|
|
|
1717 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
|
|
|
1718 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
|
|
|
1719 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
|
|
|
1720 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
|
|
|
1721 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
|
|
|
1722 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
|
|
|
1723 Default is 2." t nil)
|
|
|
1724
|
|
|
1725 ;;;***
|
|
|
1726
|
|
|
1727 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "games/doctor.el")
|
|
|
1728
|
|
|
1729 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
|
|
|
1730 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
|
|
|
1731
|
|
|
1732 ;;;***
|
|
|
1733
|
|
|
1734 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "games/dunnet.el")
|
|
|
1735
|
|
|
1736 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
|
|
|
1737 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
|
|
|
1738
|
|
|
1739 ;;;***
|
|
|
1740
|
|
|
1741 ;;;### (autoloads (flame) "flame" "games/flame.el")
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
1743 (autoload 'flame "flame" "\
|
|
|
1744 Generate ARG (default 1) sentences of half-crazed gibberish." t nil)
|
|
|
1745
|
|
|
1746 ;;;***
|
|
|
1747
|
|
|
1748 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "games/gomoku.el")
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
|
|
|
1751 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
|
|
|
1752 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
|
|
|
1753 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
|
|
|
1754 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
|
|
|
1755
|
|
|
1756 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
|
|
|
1757 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
|
|
|
1758 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
|
|
|
1759
|
|
|
1760 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
|
|
|
1761 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
|
|
|
1762 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
|
|
|
1763
|
|
|
1764 ;;;***
|
|
|
1765
|
|
|
1766 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "games/hanoi.el")
|
|
|
1767
|
|
|
1768 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
|
|
|
1769 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Argument is number of rings." t nil)
|
|
|
1770
|
|
|
1771 ;;;***
|
|
|
1772
|
|
|
1773 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "games/life.el")
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 (autoload 'life "life" "\
|
|
|
1776 Run Conway's Life simulation.
|
|
|
1777 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
|
|
|
1778 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
|
|
|
1779 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
|
|
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 ;;;***
|
|
|
1782
|
|
|
1783 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "games/mpuz.el")
|
|
|
1784
|
|
|
1785 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
|
|
|
1786 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
|
|
|
1787
|
|
|
1788 ;;;***
|
|
|
1789
|
|
|
1790 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "games/spook.el")
|
|
|
1791
|
|
|
1792 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
|
|
|
1793 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
1794
|
|
|
1795 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
|
|
|
1796 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1797
|
|
|
1798 ;;;***
|
|
|
1799
|
|
|
1800 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism yow) "yow" "games/yow.el")
|
|
|
1801
|
|
|
1802 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
|
|
|
1803 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
|
|
|
1804
|
|
|
1805 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
|
|
|
1806 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
|
|
|
1807
|
|
|
1808 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
|
|
|
1809 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
1810 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
|
|
|
1811
|
|
|
1812 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
|
|
|
1813 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
|
|
|
1814
|
|
|
1815 ;;;***
|
|
|
1816
|
|
16
|
1817 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-make-dependencies custom-menu-update custom-buffer-create customize-apropos customize-customized customize-face customize-variable customize) "custom-edit" "gnus/custom-edit.el")
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 (autoload 'customize "custom-edit" "\
|
|
|
1820 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 (autoload 'customize-variable "custom-edit" "\
|
|
|
1823 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a variable." t nil)
|
|
|
1824
|
|
|
1825 (autoload 'customize-face "custom-edit" "\
|
|
|
1826 Customize FACE." t nil)
|
|
|
1827
|
|
|
1828 (autoload 'customize-customized "custom-edit" "\
|
|
|
1829 Customize all already customized user options." t nil)
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 (autoload 'customize-apropos "custom-edit" "\
|
|
|
1832 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
1833 If ALL (e.g., started with a prefix key), include options which are not
|
|
|
1834 user-settable." t nil)
|
|
|
1835
|
|
|
1836 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "custom-edit" "\
|
|
|
1837 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
|
1838 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
1839 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
1840 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
1841
|
|
|
1842 (autoload 'custom-menu-update "custom-edit" "\
|
|
|
1843 Update customize menu." t nil)
|
|
|
1844
|
|
|
1845 (autoload 'custom-make-dependencies "custom-edit" "\
|
|
|
1846 Batch function to extract custom dependencies from .el files.
|
|
|
1847 Usage: emacs -batch *.el -f custom-make-dependencies > deps.el" nil nil)
|
|
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 ;;;***
|
|
|
1850
|
|
|
1851 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-set-variables custom-initialize-faces custom-add-to-group defgroup custom-declare-group defface custom-declare-face defcustom custom-declare-variable) "custom" "gnus/custom.el")
|
|
|
1852
|
|
|
1853 (autoload 'custom-declare-variable "custom" "\
|
|
|
1854 Like `defcustom', but SYMBOL and VALUE are evaluated as notmal arguments." nil nil)
|
|
|
1855
|
|
|
1856 (autoload 'defcustom "custom" "\
|
|
|
1857 Declare SYMBOL as a customizable variable that defaults to VALUE.
|
|
|
1858 DOC is the variable documentation.
|
|
|
1859
|
|
|
1860 Neither SYMBOL nor VALUE needs to be quoted.
|
|
|
1861 If SYMBOL is not already bound, initialize it to VALUE.
|
|
|
1862 The remaining arguments should have the form
|
|
|
1863
|
|
|
1864 [KEYWORD VALUE]...
|
|
|
1865
|
|
|
1866 The following KEYWORD's are defined:
|
|
|
1867
|
|
|
1868 :type VALUE should be a widget type.
|
|
|
1869 :options VALUE should be a list of valid members of the widget type.
|
|
|
1870 :group VALUE should be a customization group.
|
|
|
1871 Add SYMBOL to that group.
|
|
|
1872
|
|
|
1873 Read the section about customization in the emacs lisp manual for more
|
|
|
1874 information." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
1875
|
|
|
1876 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "custom" "\
|
|
|
1877 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
|
|
|
1878
|
|
|
1879 (autoload 'defface "custom" "\
|
|
|
1880 Declare FACE as a customizable face that defaults to SPEC.
|
|
|
1881 FACE does not need to be quoted.
|
|
|
1882
|
|
|
1883 Third argument DOC is the face documentation.
|
|
|
1884
|
|
|
1885 If FACE has been set with `custom-set-face', set the face attributes
|
|
|
1886 as specified by that function, otherwise set the face attributes
|
|
|
1887 according to SPEC.
|
|
|
1888
|
|
|
1889 The remaining arguments should have the form
|
|
|
1890
|
|
|
1891 [KEYWORD VALUE]...
|
|
|
1892
|
|
|
1893 The following KEYWORD's are defined:
|
|
|
1894
|
|
|
1895 :group VALUE should be a customization group.
|
|
|
1896 Add FACE to that group.
|
|
|
1897
|
|
|
1898 SPEC should be an alist of the form ((DISPLAY ATTS)...).
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 ATTS is a list of face attributes and their values. The possible
|
|
|
1901 attributes are defined in the variable `custom-face-attributes'.
|
|
|
1902 Alternatively, ATTS can be a face in which case the attributes of that
|
|
|
1903 face is used.
|
|
|
1904
|
|
|
1905 The ATTS of the first entry in SPEC where the DISPLAY matches the
|
|
|
1906 frame should take effect in that frame. DISPLAY can either be the
|
|
|
1907 symbol `t', which will match all frames, or an alist of the form
|
|
|
1908 \((REQ ITEM...)...)
|
|
|
1909
|
|
|
1910 For the DISPLAY to match a FRAME, the REQ property of the frame must
|
|
|
1911 match one of the ITEM. The following REQ are defined:
|
|
|
1912
|
|
|
1913 `type' (the value of (window-system))
|
|
|
1914 Should be one of `x' or `tty'.
|
|
|
1915
|
|
|
1916 `class' (the frame's color support)
|
|
|
1917 Should be one of `color', `grayscale', or `mono'.
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 `background' (what color is used for the background text)
|
|
|
1920 Should be one of `light' or `dark'.
|
|
|
1921
|
|
|
1922 Read the section about customization in the emacs lisp manual for more
|
|
|
1923 information." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
1924
|
|
|
1925 (autoload 'custom-declare-group "custom" "\
|
|
|
1926 Like `defgroup', but SYMBOL is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
|
|
|
1927
|
|
|
1928 (autoload 'defgroup "custom" "\
|
|
|
1929 Declare SYMBOL as a customization group containing MEMBERS.
|
|
|
1930 SYMBOL does not need to be quoted.
|
|
|
1931
|
|
|
1932 Third arg DOC is the group documentation.
|
|
|
1933
|
|
|
1934 MEMBERS should be an alist of the form ((NAME WIDGET)...) where
|
|
|
1935 NAME is a symbol and WIDGET is a widget is a widget for editing that
|
|
|
1936 symbol. Useful widgets are `custom-variable' for editing variables,
|
|
|
1937 `custom-face' for edit faces, and `custom-group' for editing groups.
|
|
|
1938
|
|
|
1939 The remaining arguments should have the form
|
|
|
1940
|
|
|
1941 [KEYWORD VALUE]...
|
|
|
1942
|
|
|
1943 The following KEYWORD's are defined:
|
|
|
1944
|
|
|
1945 :group VALUE should be a customization group.
|
|
|
1946 Add SYMBOL to that group.
|
|
|
1947
|
|
|
1948 Read the section about customization in the emacs lisp manual for more
|
|
|
1949 information." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
1950
|
|
|
1951 (autoload 'custom-add-to-group "custom" "\
|
|
|
1952 To existing GROUP add a new OPTION of type WIDGET,
|
|
|
1953 If there already is an entry for that option, overwrite it." nil nil)
|
|
|
1954
|
|
|
1955 (autoload 'custom-initialize-faces "custom" "\
|
|
|
1956 Initialize all custom faces for FRAME.
|
|
|
1957 If FRAME is nil or omitted, initialize them for all frames." nil nil)
|
|
|
1958
|
|
|
1959 (autoload 'custom-set-variables "custom" "\
|
|
|
1960 Initialize variables according to user preferences.
|
|
|
1961
|
|
|
1962 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
|
|
|
1963
|
|
|
1964 (SYMBOL VALUE [NOW])
|
|
|
1965
|
|
|
1966 The unevaluated VALUE is stored as the saved value for SYMBOL.
|
|
|
1967 If NOW is present and non-nil, VALUE is also evaluated and bound as
|
|
|
1968 the default value for the SYMBOL." nil nil)
|
|
|
1969
|
|
|
1970 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "custom" "\
|
|
|
1971 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
|
|
|
1972 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
1974 (FACE SPEC [NOW])
|
|
|
1975
|
|
|
1976 SPEC will be stored as the saved value for FACE. If NOW is present
|
|
|
1977 and non-nil, FACE will also be created according to SPEC.
|
|
|
1978
|
|
|
1979 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
|
|
|
1980
|
|
|
1981 ;;;***
|
|
|
1982
|
|
12
|
1983 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el")
|
|
|
1984
|
|
|
1985 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
|
|
|
1986 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
1988 ;;;***
|
|
|
1989
|
|
16
|
1990 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el")
|
|
|
1991
|
|
|
1992 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
|
|
|
1993 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 ;;;***
|
|
|
1996
|
|
12
|
1997 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el")
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
1999 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
16
|
2000 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002 Usage:
|
|
|
2003 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
|
|
12
|
2004
|
|
|
2005 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
2006 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
2009 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011 ;;;***
|
|
|
2012
|
|
16
|
2013 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el")
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
|
|
|
2016 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
|
|
|
2017 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
2019 ;;;***
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2021 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el")
|
|
|
2022
|
|
|
2023 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
|
|
|
2024
|
|
|
2025 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
|
|
|
2026 Run batched scoring.
|
|
|
2027 Usage: emacs -batch -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score <newsgroups> ...
|
|
|
2028 Newsgroups is a list of strings in Bnews format. If you want to score
|
|
|
2029 the comp hierarchy, you'd say \"comp.all\". If you would not like to
|
|
|
2030 score the alt hierarchy, you'd say \"!alt.all\"." t nil)
|
|
|
2031
|
|
|
2032 ;;;***
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el")
|
|
|
2035
|
|
|
2036 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
|
|
|
2037 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
|
|
|
2038 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 ;;;***
|
|
|
2041
|
|
12
|
2042 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sound-play) "gnus-sound" "gnus/gnus-sound.el")
|
|
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 (autoload 'gnus-sound-play "gnus-sound" "\
|
|
|
2045 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
2047 ;;;***
|
|
|
2048
|
|
|
2049 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el")
|
|
|
2050
|
|
|
2051 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
|
|
|
2052 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
|
|
|
2053 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
|
|
|
2054 for matching on group names.
|
|
|
2055
|
|
|
2056 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
|
|
|
2057 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
|
|
|
2058
|
|
|
2059 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"" t nil)
|
|
|
2060
|
|
|
2061 ;;;***
|
|
|
2062
|
|
16
|
2063 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el")
|
|
|
2064
|
|
|
2065 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
|
|
12
|
2066 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
|
|
|
2067
|
|
16
|
2068 ;;;***
|
|
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el")
|
|
|
2071
|
|
|
2072 (autoload 'gnus-unload "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2073 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2076 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
|
|
|
2077
|
|
|
2078 ;;;***
|
|
|
2079
|
|
|
2080 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el")
|
|
|
2081
|
|
|
2082 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
|
|
12
|
2083 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
|
|
|
2084
|
|
16
|
2085 ;;;***
|
|
|
2086
|
|
|
2087 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el")
|
|
|
2088
|
|
12
|
2089 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2090 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server" t nil)
|
|
|
2091
|
|
|
2092 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2093 Read network news.
|
|
|
2094 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2095 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
|
|
|
2096 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2097 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
|
|
|
2098 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
|
|
|
2099
|
|
|
2100 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2101 Read news as a slave." t nil)
|
|
|
2102
|
|
|
2103 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2104 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
|
|
|
2105
|
|
|
2106 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2107 Read network news.
|
|
|
2108 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2109 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2110 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2111
|
|
|
2112 ;;;***
|
|
|
2113
|
|
|
2114 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message" "gnus/message.el")
|
|
|
2115
|
|
16
|
2116 (defcustom message-fcc-handler-function 'message-output "*A function called to save outgoing articles.\nThis function will be called with the name of the file to store the\narticle in. The default function is `rmail-output' which saves in Unix\nmailbox format." :type '(radio (function-item rmail-output) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-sending)
|
|
|
2117
|
|
|
2118 (defcustom message-from-style 'default "*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.\n\nIf `nil', they contain just the return address like:\n king@grassland.com\nIf `parens', they look like:\n king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)\nIf `angles', they look like:\n Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>\n\nOtherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like\n`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not." :type '(choice (const :tag "simple" nil) (const parens) (const angles) (const default)) :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2119
|
|
|
2120 (defcustom message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "Regexp matching the signature separator." :type 'regexp :group 'message-various)
|
|
|
2121
|
|
|
2122 (defcustom message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "*Local news organization file." :type 'file :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2123
|
|
|
2124 (defcustom message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.\nThe headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the\nvariable `mail-header-separator'.\n\nLegal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),\n`message-send-mail-with-mh' and `message-send-mail-with-qmail'." :type '(radio (function-item message-send-mail-with-sendmail) (function-item message-send-mail-with-mh) (function-item message-send-mail-with-qmail) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-sending :group 'message-mail)
|
|
|
2125
|
|
|
2126 (defcustom message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2127
|
|
|
2128 (defcustom message-yank-prefix "> " "*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.\nnil means use indentation." :type 'string :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2129
|
|
|
2130 (defcustom message-cite-function (if (and (boundp 'mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook 'message-cite-original) "*Function for citing an original message." :type '(radio (function-item message-cite-original) (function-item sc-cite-original) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2131
|
|
|
2132 (defcustom message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.\nThis can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the\ncitation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave\npoint and mark around the citation text as modified." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2133
|
|
|
2134 (defcustom message-signature t "*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.\nIf t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.\nIf a function, the result from the function will be used instead.\nIf a form, the result from the form will be used instead." :type 'sexp :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2135
|
|
|
2136 (defcustom message-signature-file "~/.signature" "*File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer." :type 'file :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
12
|
2137
|
|
|
2138 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
|
|
|
2139 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
|
|
|
2140 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
2141 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
|
|
|
2142 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
2143 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
|
|
|
2144 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
|
|
16
|
2145 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
|
|
12
|
2146 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
|
|
|
2147 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
|
|
16
|
2148 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
|
|
12
|
2149 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
|
|
|
2150 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
|
|
|
2151 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
2152 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
|
|
|
2153 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
2154 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
|
|
|
2155 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
16
|
2156 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
|
|
|
2157 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
|
|
12
|
2158
|
|
|
2159 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
|
|
|
2160 Start editing a mail message to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2161
|
|
|
2162 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2163 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2164
|
|
|
2165 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2166 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2167
|
|
16
|
2168 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2169 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2170
|
|
|
2171 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
|
|
|
2172 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2173 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
|
|
12
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2176 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
|
|
|
2177
|
|
|
2178 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
|
|
|
2179 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
|
|
|
2180 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
|
|
|
2181 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2182
|
|
|
2183 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
|
|
|
2184 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
|
|
|
2185
|
|
|
2186 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
|
|
|
2187 Forward the current message via mail.
|
|
|
2188 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2189
|
|
|
2190 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
|
|
|
2191 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
|
|
|
2192
|
|
|
2193 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
|
|
|
2194 Re-mail the current message.
|
|
|
2195 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
|
|
|
2196 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
|
|
|
2197 you." t nil)
|
|
|
2198
|
|
|
2199 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2200 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
2201
|
|
|
2202 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2203 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
2204
|
|
|
2205 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2206 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2207
|
|
|
2208 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2209 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2210
|
|
|
2211 (autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2212 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
2213 Works by overstriking characters.
|
|
|
2214 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2215 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2216
|
|
|
2217 (autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2218 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
|
|
|
2219 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2220 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2221
|
|
|
2222 ;;;***
|
|
|
2223
|
|
16
|
2224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "messcompat" "gnus/messcompat.el")
|
|
|
2225
|
|
|
2226 (defvar message-signature-file mail-signature-file "\
|
|
|
2227 *File containing the text inserted at end of message. buffer.")
|
|
|
2228
|
|
|
2229 ;;;***
|
|
|
2230
|
|
|
2231 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el")
|
|
|
2232
|
|
|
2233 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
|
|
|
2234 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
|
|
|
2235 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
|
|
|
2236 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
|
|
|
2237 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
|
|
|
2238 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
|
|
|
2239
|
|
|
2240 ;;;***
|
|
|
2241
|
|
12
|
2242 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el")
|
|
|
2243
|
|
|
2244 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
|
|
|
2245 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2246
|
|
|
2247 ;;;***
|
|
|
2248
|
|
|
2249 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el")
|
|
|
2250
|
|
|
2251 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
|
|
|
2252 Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups
|
|
|
2253 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2254
|
|
|
2255 ;;;***
|
|
|
2256
|
|
|
2257 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el")
|
|
|
2258
|
|
|
2259 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
|
|
|
2260 Generate nov databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
|
|
|
2261
|
|
|
2262 ;;;***
|
|
|
2263
|
|
|
2264 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el")
|
|
|
2265
|
|
|
2266 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2267 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
|
|
|
2268
|
|
|
2269 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2270 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2271
|
|
|
2272 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2273 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
|
|
|
2274
|
|
|
2275 ;;;***
|
|
|
2276
|
|
|
2277 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el")
|
|
|
2278
|
|
|
2279 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
|
|
|
2280 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
|
|
|
2281 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
|
|
|
2282
|
|
|
2283 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
2284
|
|
|
2285 ;;;***
|
|
|
2286
|
|
|
2287 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-smiley-display smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el")
|
|
|
2288
|
|
|
2289 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2290 Smilify the region between point and mark." t nil)
|
|
|
2291
|
|
|
2292 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2293
|
|
|
2294 (autoload 'gnus-smiley-display "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2295
|
|
|
2296 ;;;***
|
|
|
2297
|
|
|
2298 ;;;### (autoloads (hm--html-minor-mode hm--html-mode) "hm--html-mode" "hm--html-menus/hm--html-mode.el")
|
|
|
2299
|
|
|
2300 (autoload 'hm--html-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2301 Major mode for editing HTML hypertext documents.
|
|
|
2302 Special commands:\\{hm--html-mode-map}
|
|
|
2303 Turning on hm--html-mode calls the value of the variable hm--html-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2304 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2305
|
|
|
2306 (autoload 'hm--html-minor-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2307 Toggle hm--html-minor-mode.
|
|
|
2308 With arg, turn hm--html-minor-mode on iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2309
|
|
|
2310 ;;;***
|
|
|
2311
|
|
|
2312 ;;;### (autoloads (html-view-get-display html-view-goto-url html-view-view-buffer html-view-view-file html-view-start-mosaic) "html-view" "hm--html-menus/html-view.el")
|
|
|
2313
|
|
|
2314 (autoload 'html-view-start-mosaic "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2315 Start Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2316
|
|
|
2317 (autoload 'html-view-view-file "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2318 View an html file with Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2319
|
|
|
2320 (autoload 'html-view-view-buffer "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2321 View html buffer with Mosaic.
|
|
|
2322 If BUFFER-TO-VIEW is nil, then the current buffer is used." t nil)
|
|
|
2323
|
|
|
2324 (autoload 'html-view-goto-url "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2325 Goto an URL in Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2326
|
|
|
2327 (autoload 'html-view-get-display "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2328 Get the display for Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2329
|
|
|
2330 ;;;***
|
|
|
2331
|
|
|
2332 ;;;### (autoloads (hmail:compose) "hmail" "hyperbole/hmail.el")
|
|
|
2333
|
|
|
2334 (autoload 'hmail:compose "hmail" "\
|
|
|
2335 Compose mail with ADDRESS and evaluation of EXPR.
|
|
|
2336 Optional SUBJECT and HELP message may also be given." t nil)
|
|
|
2337
|
|
|
2338 ;;;***
|
|
|
2339
|
|
|
2340 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-handle-in-note smart-info-assist smart-info) "hmous-info" "hyperbole/hmous-info.el")
|
|
|
2341
|
|
|
2342 (autoload 'smart-info "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2343 Walks through Info documentation networks using one key or mouse key.
|
|
|
2344
|
|
|
2345 If key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2346 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2347 is found;
|
|
|
2348 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2349 the desired node is found;
|
|
|
2350 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2351 the 'Top' node within that file is found;
|
|
|
2352 (4) at the end of the current node, the Next node is found (this will
|
|
|
2353 descend subtrees if the function 'Info-global-next' is bound);
|
|
|
2354 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2355 scrolled up one windowful.
|
|
|
2356
|
|
|
2357 Returns t if key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2358 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2359
|
|
|
2360 (autoload 'smart-info-assist "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2361 Walks through Info documentation networks using one assist-key or mouse assist-key.
|
|
|
2362
|
|
|
2363 If assist-key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2364 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2365 is found;
|
|
|
2366 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2367 the last node in the history list is found;
|
|
|
2368 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2369 the 'DIR' root-level node is found;
|
|
|
2370 (4) at the end of the current node, the Previous node is found (this will
|
|
|
2371 return from subtrees if the function 'Info-global-prev is bound);
|
|
|
2372 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2373 scrolled down one windowful.
|
|
|
2374
|
|
|
2375 Returns t if assist-key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2376 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2377
|
|
|
2378 (autoload 'Info-handle-in-note "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2379 Follows an Info cross-reference.
|
|
|
2380 If point is within the first line of an Info note (cross-reference), follows
|
|
|
2381 cross-reference and returns t; otherwise returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2382
|
|
|
2383 ;;;***
|
|
|
2384
|
|
|
2385 ;;;### (autoloads (smart-tags-file smart-tags-file-path smart-objc-oobr smart-objc smart-fortran-at-tag-p smart-c++-oobr smart-c++ smart-c-at-tag-p smart-asm-at-tag-p) "hmouse-tag" "hyperbole/hmouse-tag.el")
|
|
|
2386
|
|
|
2387 (autoload 'smart-asm-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2388 Return assembly tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2389
|
|
|
2390 (autoload 'smart-c-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2391 Return C tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2392
|
|
|
2393 (autoload 'smart-c++ "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2394 Jumps to the definition of optional C++ IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2395 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching C++ tag.
|
|
|
2396
|
|
|
2397 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2398 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2399
|
|
|
2400 If:
|
|
|
2401 (1) on a '#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2402 Look for include file in directory lists 'smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2403 and 'smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
|
2404 (2) on a C++ identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
|
2405 assuming the identifier is found within an 'etags' generated tag file
|
|
|
2406 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
|
2407 (3) if 'smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the C++ identifier is
|
|
|
2408 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2409 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2410
|
|
|
2411 (autoload 'smart-c++-oobr "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2412 Jumps to the definition of selected C++ construct via OO-Browser support.
|
|
|
2413 Optional JUNK is ignored. Does nothing if the OO-Browser is not available.
|
|
|
2414
|
|
|
2415 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2416 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2417
|
|
|
2418 If key is pressed:
|
|
|
2419 (1) on a '#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2420 Look for include file in directory lists 'smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2421 and 'smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
|
2422 (2) within a method declaration, its definition is displayed;
|
|
|
2423 (3) on a class name, the class definition is shown.
|
|
|
2424
|
|
|
2425 (2) and (3) require that an OO-Browser Environment has been loaded with
|
|
|
2426 the {M-x br-env-load RTN} command." t nil)
|
|
|
2427
|
|
|
2428 (autoload 'smart-fortran-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2429 Return Fortran tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2430
|
|
|
2431 (autoload 'smart-objc "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2432 Jumps to the definition of optional Objective-C IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2433 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Objective-C tag.
|
|
|
2434
|
|
|
2435 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2436 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2437
|
|
|
2438 If:
|
|
|
2439 (1) on a '#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2440 Look for include file in directory lists 'smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2441 and 'smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
|
2442 (2) on an Objective-C identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
|
2443 assuming the identifier is found within an 'etags' generated tag file
|
|
|
2444 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
|
2445 (3) if 'smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the Objective-C identifier is
|
|
|
2446 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2447 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2448
|
|
|
2449 (autoload 'smart-objc-oobr "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2450 Jumps to the definition of selected Objective-C construct via OO-Browser support.
|
|
|
2451 Optional JUNK is ignored. Does nothing if the OO-Browser is not available.
|
|
|
2452
|
|
|
2453 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2454 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2455
|
|
|
2456 If key is pressed:
|
|
|
2457 (1) on a '#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2458 Look for include file in directory lists 'smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2459 and 'smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
|
2460 (2) within a method declaration, its definition is displayed;
|
|
|
2461 (3) on a class name, the class definition is shown.
|
|
|
2462
|
|
|
2463 (2) and (3) require that an OO-Browser Environment has been loaded with
|
|
|
2464 the {M-x br-env-load RTN} command." t nil)
|
|
|
2465
|
|
|
2466 (autoload 'smart-tags-file-path "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2467 Expand relative FILE name by looking it up in the nearest tags file.
|
|
|
2468 Return FILE unchanged if it exists relative to the current directory or
|
|
|
2469 cannot be expanded via a tags file." nil nil)
|
|
|
2470
|
|
|
2471 (autoload 'smart-tags-file "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2472 Return appropriate tags file name for CURR-FILENAME or 'tags-file-name'." nil nil)
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 ;;;***
|
|
|
2475
|
|
|
2476 ;;;### (autoloads (var:append) "hvar" "hyperbole/hvar.el")
|
|
|
2477
|
|
|
2478 (autoload 'var:append "hvar" "\
|
|
|
2479 Appends to value held by VAR-SYMBOL-NAME, LIST-TO-ADD. Returns new value.
|
|
|
2480 If VAR-SYMBOL-NAME is unbound, it is set to LIST-TO-ADD.
|
|
|
2481 Often used to append to 'hook' variables." nil nil)
|
|
|
2482
|
|
|
2483 ;;;***
|
|
|
2484
|
|
|
2485 ;;;### (autoloads (hypb:configuration) "hypb" "hyperbole/hypb.el")
|
|
|
2486
|
|
|
2487 (autoload 'hypb:configuration "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2488 Insert Emacs configuration information at the end of optional OUT-BUF or the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2489
|
|
|
2490 ;;;***
|
|
|
2491
|
|
|
2492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hyperbole" "hyperbole/hyperbole.el")
|
|
|
2493
|
|
|
2494 (defvar action-key-url-function 'w3-fetch "\
|
|
|
2495 Value is a function of one argument, a url, which displays the url referent.
|
|
|
2496 Possible values are:
|
|
|
2497 w3-fetch - display using the W3 Emacs web browser;
|
|
|
2498 highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape - display in Netscape;
|
|
|
2499 highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic - display in Mosaic.")
|
|
|
2500
|
|
|
2501 (defvar kimport:mode-alist '((t . kimport:text) (outline-mode . kimport:star-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2502 Alist of (major-mode . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2503 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2504 called if the major mode of the import file matches the car of an element in
|
|
|
2505 this list. If there is no match, then `kimport:suffix-alist' is checked. If
|
|
|
2506 that yields no match, the element in this list whose car is 't is used. It
|
|
|
2507 normally does an import of a koutline or text file.
|
|
|
2508
|
|
|
2509 Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to import
|
|
|
2510 and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a third
|
|
|
2511 optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported cells
|
|
|
2512 as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2513
|
|
|
2514 outline-mode - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with
|
|
|
2515 asterisks;
|
|
|
2516 .kot
|
|
|
2517 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2518
|
|
|
2519 all others - imported as text.")
|
|
|
2520
|
|
|
2521 (defvar kimport:suffix-alist '(("\\.otl$" . kimport:star-outline) ("\\.aug$" . kimport:aug-post-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2522 Alist of (buffer-name-suffix-regexp . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2523 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2524 called. Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to
|
|
|
2525 import and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a
|
|
|
2526 third optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported
|
|
|
2527 cells as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 .otl - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with asterisks;
|
|
|
2530 .kot
|
|
|
2531 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2532 .aug - imported as an Augment post-numbered outline.")
|
|
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 ;;;***
|
|
|
2535
|
|
|
2536 ;;;### (autoloads (wconfig-yank-pop wconfig-ring-save wconfig-delete-pop wconfig-restore-by-name wconfig-delete-by-name wconfig-add-by-name) "wconfig" "hyperbole/wconfig.el")
|
|
|
2537
|
|
|
2538 (autoload 'wconfig-add-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2539 Saves the current window configuration under the string NAME.
|
|
|
2540 When called interactively and a window configuration already exists under
|
|
|
2541 NAME, confirms whether or not to replace it." t nil)
|
|
|
2542
|
|
|
2543 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2544 Deletes window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2545
|
|
|
2546 (autoload 'wconfig-restore-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2547 Restores window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2548
|
|
|
2549 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2550 Replaces current window config with most recently saved config in ring.
|
|
|
2551 Then deletes this new configuration from the ring." t nil)
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 (autoload 'wconfig-ring-save "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2554 Saves the current window configuration onto the save ring.
|
|
|
2555 Use {\\[wconfig-yank-pop]} to restore it at a later time." t nil)
|
|
|
2556
|
|
|
2557 (autoload 'wconfig-yank-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2558 Replaces current window config with prefix arg Nth prior one in save ring.
|
|
|
2559 Interactively, default value of N = 1, meaning the last saved window
|
|
|
2560 configuration is displayed.
|
|
|
2561
|
|
|
2562 The sequence of window configurations wraps around, so that after the oldest
|
|
|
2563 one comes the newest one." t nil)
|
|
|
2564
|
|
|
2565 ;;;***
|
|
|
2566
|
|
|
2567 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-logic) "wrolo-logic" "hyperbole/wrolo-logic.el")
|
|
|
2568
|
|
|
2569 (autoload 'rolo-logic "wrolo-logic" "\
|
|
|
2570 Apply FUNC to all entries in optional IN-BUFS, display entries where FUNC is non-nil.
|
|
|
2571 If IN-BUFS is nil, 'rolo-file-list' is used. If optional COUNT-ONLY is
|
|
|
2572 non-nil, don't display entries, return count of matching entries only. If
|
|
|
2573 optional INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES flag is non-nil, FUNC will be applied across all
|
|
|
2574 sub-entries at once. Default is to apply FUNC to each entry and sub-entry
|
|
|
2575 separately. Entries are displayed with all of their sub-entries unless
|
|
|
2576 INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES is nil and optional NO-SUB-ENTRIES-OUT flag is non-nil.
|
|
|
2577 FUNC should use the free variables 'start' and 'end' which contain the limits
|
|
|
2578 of the region on which it should operate. Returns number of applications of
|
|
|
2579 FUNC that return non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2580
|
|
|
2581 ;;;***
|
|
|
2582
|
|
|
2583 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-yank rolo-sort rolo-kill rolo-grep rolo-fgrep rolo-edit rolo-display-matches rolo-add) "wrolo" "hyperbole/wrolo.el")
|
|
|
2584
|
|
|
2585 (autoload 'rolo-add "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2586 Adds a new entry in personal rolodex for NAME.
|
|
|
2587 Last name first is best, e.g. \"Smith, John\".
|
|
|
2588 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to add entry within.
|
|
|
2589 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to insert child below a parent
|
|
|
2590 entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2591
|
|
|
2592 (autoload 'rolo-display-matches "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2593 Display optional DISPLAY-BUF buffer of previously found rolodex matches.
|
|
|
2594 If DISPLAY-BUF is nil, use the value in 'rolo-display-buffer'.
|
|
|
2595 Second arg RETURN-TO-BUFFER is the buffer to leave point within after the display." t nil)
|
|
|
2596
|
|
|
2597 (autoload 'rolo-edit "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2598 Edits a rolodex entry given by optional NAME within 'rolo-file-list'.
|
|
|
2599 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
|
2600 With no NAME arg, simply displays FILE or first entry in 'rolo-file-list' in an
|
|
|
2601 editable mode. NAME may be of the form: parent/child to edit child below a
|
|
|
2602 parent entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2603
|
|
|
2604 (autoload 'rolo-fgrep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2605 Display rolodex entries matching STRING.
|
|
|
2606 To a maximum of optional prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in file(s) from optional
|
|
|
2607 ROLO-FILE or rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each
|
|
|
2608 entry is displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil
|
|
|
2609 means don't retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY
|
|
|
2610 non-nil means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2611
|
|
|
2612 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2613 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2614 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2615
|
|
|
2616 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2617 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2618
|
|
|
2619 (autoload 'rolo-grep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2620 Display rolodex entries matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
2621 To a maximum of prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in buffer(s) from optional ROLO-BUFS or
|
|
|
2622 rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each entry is
|
|
|
2623 displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil means don't
|
|
|
2624 retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY non-nil
|
|
|
2625 means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2626
|
|
|
2627 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2628 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2629 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2630
|
|
|
2631 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2632 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2633
|
|
|
2634 (autoload 'rolo-kill "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2635 Kills a rolodex entry given by NAME within 'rolo-file-list'.
|
|
|
2636 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
|
2637 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to kill child below a parent entry
|
|
|
2638 which begins with the parent string.
|
|
|
2639 Returns t if entry is killed, nil otherwise." t nil)
|
|
|
2640
|
|
|
2641 (autoload 'rolo-sort "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2642 Sorts up to 14 levels of entries in ROLO-FILE (default is personal rolo).
|
|
|
2643 Assumes entries are delimited by one or more '*'characters.
|
|
|
2644 Returns list of number of groupings at each entry level." t nil)
|
|
|
2645
|
|
|
2646 (autoload 'rolo-yank "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2647 Inserts at point the first rolodex entry matching NAME.
|
|
|
2648 With optional prefix arg, REGEXP-P, treats NAME as a regular expression instead
|
|
|
2649 of a string." t nil)
|
|
|
2650
|
|
|
2651 ;;;***
|
|
|
2652
|
|
|
2653 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "iso/iso-acc.el")
|
|
|
2654
|
|
|
2655 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
|
|
|
2656 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
|
|
|
2657 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
|
|
|
2658 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
|
|
|
2659 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
|
|
|
2660 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
|
|
|
2661
|
|
|
2662 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
|
|
|
2663 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
|
|
|
2664
|
|
|
2665 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
|
|
|
2666 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
|
|
|
2667 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
|
|
|
2668 \"s gives German sharp s.
|
|
|
2669 /a gives a with ring.
|
|
|
2670 /e gives an a-e ligature.
|
|
|
2671 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
|
|
|
2672 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
|
|
|
2673 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
|
|
|
2674
|
|
|
2675 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
|
|
|
2676 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
|
|
|
2677
|
|
|
2678 ;;;***
|
|
|
2679
|
|
|
2680 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-deactivate-passwd mc-install-write-mode mc-install-read-mode) "mailcrypt" "mailcrypt/mailcrypt.el")
|
|
|
2681
|
|
|
2682 (autoload 'mc-install-read-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2683
|
|
|
2684 (autoload 'mc-install-write-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2685
|
|
|
2686 (autoload 'mc-deactivate-passwd "mailcrypt" "\
|
|
|
2687 *Deactivate the passphrase cache." t nil)
|
|
|
2688
|
|
|
2689 ;;;***
|
|
|
2690
|
|
|
2691 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-pgp-fetch-key mc-scheme-pgp) "mc-pgp" "mailcrypt/mc-pgp.el")
|
|
|
2692
|
|
|
2693 (autoload 'mc-scheme-pgp "mc-pgp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2694
|
|
|
2695 (autoload 'mc-pgp-fetch-key "mc-pgp" "\
|
|
|
2696 Attempt to fetch a key for addition to PGP keyring. Interactively,
|
|
|
2697 prompt for string matching key to fetch.
|
|
|
2698
|
|
|
2699 Non-interactively, ID must be a pair. The CAR must be a bare Email
|
|
|
2700 address and the CDR a keyID (with \"0x\" prefix). Either, but not
|
|
|
2701 both, may be nil.
|
|
|
2702
|
|
|
2703 Return t if we think we were successful; nil otherwise. Note that nil
|
|
|
2704 is not necessarily an error, since we may have merely fired off an Email
|
|
|
2705 request for the key." t nil)
|
|
|
2706
|
|
|
2707 ;;;***
|
|
|
2708
|
|
|
2709 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-remailer-insert-response-block mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym) "mc-remail" "mailcrypt/mc-remail.el")
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2712 Insert pseudonym as a From field in the hash-mark header.
|
|
|
2713
|
|
|
2714 See the documentation for the variable `mc-remailer-pseudonyms' for
|
|
|
2715 more information." t nil)
|
|
|
2716
|
|
|
2717 (autoload 'mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2718 Encrypt message for a remailer chain, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2719
|
|
|
2720 With \\[universal-argument], pause before each encryption." t nil)
|
|
|
2721
|
|
|
2722 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-response-block "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2723 Insert response block at point, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2724
|
|
|
2725 With \\[universal-argument], enter a recursive edit of the innermost
|
|
|
2726 layer of the block before encrypting it." t nil)
|
|
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 ;;;***
|
|
|
2729
|
|
|
2730 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-mh-snarf-keys mc-mh-verify-signature mc-mh-decrypt-message mc-gnus-decrypt-message mc-gnus-snarf-keys mc-gnus-verify-signature mc-vm-snarf-keys mc-vm-decrypt-message mc-vm-verify-signature mc-rmail-decrypt-message mc-rmail-verify-signature mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature mc-snarf-keys mc-snarf mc-insert-public-key mc-verify-signature mc-verify mc-sign-message mc-sign mc-decrypt-message mc-decrypt mc-encrypt-message mc-encrypt mc-cleanup-recipient-headers) "mc-toplev" "mailcrypt/mc-toplev.el")
|
|
|
2731
|
|
|
2732 (autoload 'mc-cleanup-recipient-headers "mc-toplev" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2733
|
|
|
2734 (autoload 'mc-encrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2735 *Encrypt the current buffer.
|
|
|
2736
|
|
|
2737 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2738
|
|
|
2739 With \\[universal-argument], prompt for User ID to sign as.
|
|
|
2740
|
|
|
2741 With \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], prompt for encryption scheme to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2742
|
|
|
2743 (autoload 'mc-encrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2744 *Encrypt a message for RECIPIENTS using the given encryption SCHEME.
|
|
|
2745 RECIPIENTS is a comma separated string. If SCHEME is nil, use the value
|
|
|
2746 of `mc-default-scheme'. Returns t on success, nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
2747
|
|
|
2748 (autoload 'mc-decrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2749 *Decrypt a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2750
|
|
|
2751 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2752
|
|
|
2753 (autoload 'mc-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2754 Decrypt whatever message is in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2755 Returns a pair (SUCCEEDED . VERIFIED) where SUCCEEDED is t if the encryption
|
|
|
2756 succeeded and VERIFIED is t if it had a valid signature." nil nil)
|
|
|
2757
|
|
|
2758 (autoload 'mc-sign "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2759 *Sign a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2760
|
|
|
2761 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2762
|
|
|
2763 With one prefix arg, prompts for private key to use, with two prefix args,
|
|
|
2764 also prompts for encryption scheme to use. With negative prefix arg,
|
|
|
2765 inhibits clearsigning (pgp)." t nil)
|
|
|
2766
|
|
|
2767 (autoload 'mc-sign-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2768 Clear sign the message." nil nil)
|
|
|
2769
|
|
|
2770 (autoload 'mc-verify "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2771 *Verify a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2772
|
|
|
2773 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2774
|
|
|
2775 (autoload 'mc-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2776 *Verify the signature of the signed message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2777 Show the result as a message in the minibuffer. Returns t if the signature
|
|
|
2778 is verified." nil nil)
|
|
|
2779
|
|
|
2780 (autoload 'mc-insert-public-key "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2781 *Insert your public key at point.
|
|
|
2782 With one prefix arg, prompts for user id to use. With two prefix
|
|
|
2783 args, prompts for encryption scheme." t nil)
|
|
|
2784
|
|
|
2785 (autoload 'mc-snarf "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2786 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring.
|
|
|
2787
|
|
|
2788 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2789
|
|
|
2790 (autoload 'mc-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2791 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring." t nil)
|
|
|
2792
|
|
|
2793 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2794 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2795
|
|
|
2796 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2797 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2800 *Adds keys from current message to public key ring" t nil)
|
|
|
2801
|
|
|
2802 (autoload 'mc-rmail-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2803 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2804
|
|
|
2805 (autoload 'mc-rmail-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2806 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2807
|
|
|
2808 (autoload 'mc-vm-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2809 *Verify the signature in the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2810
|
|
|
2811 (autoload 'mc-vm-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2812 *Decrypt the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2813
|
|
|
2814 (autoload 'mc-vm-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2815 *Snarf public key from the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2816
|
|
|
2817 (autoload 'mc-gnus-verify-signature "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2818
|
|
|
2819 (autoload 'mc-gnus-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2820
|
|
|
2821 (autoload 'mc-gnus-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2822
|
|
|
2823 (autoload 'mc-mh-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2824 Decrypt the contents of the current MH message in the show buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2825
|
|
|
2826 (autoload 'mc-mh-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2827 *Verify the signature in the current MH message." t nil)
|
|
|
2828
|
|
|
2829 (autoload 'mc-mh-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2830
|
|
|
2831 ;;;***
|
|
|
2832
|
|
|
2833 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el")
|
|
|
2834
|
|
|
2835 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2836 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2837 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2838 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2839
|
|
|
2840 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2841
|
|
|
2842 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2843 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2844 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2845 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
|
|
|
2846 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
|
|
|
2847 that want to create a mail buffer.
|
|
|
2848 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
|
|
|
2849
|
|
|
2850 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2851 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2852 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2853 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2854
|
|
|
2855 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2856
|
|
|
2857 (autoload 'mh-letter-mode "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2858 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
|
|
|
2859 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
|
|
|
2860 using the MH mail handling system.
|
|
|
2861 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
|
|
|
2862 messages.
|
|
|
2863
|
|
|
2864 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
|
|
|
2865
|
|
|
2866 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
|
|
|
2867
|
|
|
2868 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
|
|
|
2869 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
|
|
|
2870 the yanked message.
|
|
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
|
|
|
2873 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
|
|
|
2874 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
|
|
|
2875 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
|
|
|
2876 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
|
|
|
2877
|
|
|
2878 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
|
|
|
2879 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
|
|
|
2880 inserted in a draft letter.
|
|
|
2881
|
|
|
2882 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
|
|
|
2883 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
|
|
|
2884
|
|
|
2885 Upon invoking mh-letter-mode, text-mode-hook and mh-letter-mode-hook are
|
|
|
2886 invoked with no args, if those values are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2887
|
|
|
2888 ;;;***
|
|
|
2889
|
|
|
2890 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el")
|
|
|
2891
|
|
|
2892 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
2893 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
|
|
|
2894 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2895 to the MH mail system." t nil)
|
|
|
2896
|
|
|
2897 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
2898 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
|
|
|
2899
|
|
|
2900 ;;;***
|
|
|
2901
|
|
|
2902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el")
|
|
|
2903
|
|
|
2904 (defvar mh-mime-content-types '(("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg")) "\
|
|
|
2905 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
2907 ;;;***
|
|
|
2908
|
|
|
2909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el")
|
|
|
2910
|
|
|
2911 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
2912
|
|
|
2913 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
2914
|
|
|
2915 ;;;***
|
|
|
2916
|
|
|
2917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "modes/abbrev.el")
|
|
|
2918
|
|
|
2919 ;;;***
|
|
|
2920
|
|
|
2921 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode" "modes/ada-mode.el")
|
|
|
2922
|
|
|
2923 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
2924 Ada Mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
|
|
|
2925
|
|
|
2926 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
|
|
|
2927
|
|
|
2928 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
|
|
|
2929 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
|
|
|
2930
|
|
|
2931 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
|
|
|
2932 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
|
|
|
2933 Call external pretty printer program '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
2934
|
|
|
2935 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
|
|
|
2936 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
|
|
|
2937
|
|
|
2938 Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one) '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
2939
|
|
|
2940 Fill comment paragraph '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
|
|
|
2941 Fill comment paragraph and justify each line '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
|
|
|
2942 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
|
|
|
2943
|
|
|
2944 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
|
|
|
2945 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
|
|
|
2946
|
|
|
2947 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
|
|
|
2948 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
|
|
|
2949
|
|
|
2950 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
|
|
|
2951 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
|
|
|
2952 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
|
|
|
2953 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
|
|
|
2954 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
|
|
|
2955
|
|
|
2956 If you use imenu.el:
|
|
|
2957 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
|
|
|
2958
|
|
|
2959 If you use find-file.el:
|
|
|
2960 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
|
|
|
2961 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
|
|
|
2962 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
|
|
|
2963 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
|
|
|
2964 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
|
|
|
2965 with body stubs.
|
|
|
2966
|
|
|
2967 If you use ada-xref.el:
|
|
|
2968 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
|
|
|
2969 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
|
|
|
2970 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
|
|
|
2971 Execute Gnatf: '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
|
|
|
2972
|
|
|
2973 (autoload 'ada-make-filename-from-adaname "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
2974 Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
|
|
|
2975
|
|
|
2976 ;;;***
|
|
|
2977
|
|
|
2978 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "modes/arc-mode.el")
|
|
|
2979
|
|
|
2980 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
|
|
|
2981 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
|
|
|
2982 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
2983 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
2984 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
|
|
|
2985 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
|
|
|
2986
|
|
|
2987 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
|
|
|
2988 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
|
|
|
2989 archive.
|
|
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
2992
|
|
|
2993 ;;;***
|
|
|
2994
|
|
|
2995 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "modes/asm-mode.el")
|
|
|
2996
|
|
|
2997 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
|
|
|
2998 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
|
|
|
2999 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
|
|
|
3000
|
|
|
3001 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3002 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3003 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3004 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
|
|
|
3005
|
|
|
3006 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
|
|
|
3007 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?;').
|
|
|
3008
|
|
|
3009 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
|
|
|
3010 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
|
|
|
3011
|
|
|
3012 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
|
|
|
3013
|
|
|
3014 Special commands:
|
|
|
3015 \\{asm-mode-map}
|
|
|
3016 " t nil)
|
|
|
3017
|
|
|
3018 ;;;***
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "modes/awk-mode.el")
|
|
|
3021
|
|
|
3022 (autoload 'awk-mode "awk-mode" "\
|
|
|
3023 Major mode for editing AWK code.
|
|
|
3024 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
|
|
|
3025 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
|
|
|
3026 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
|
|
|
3027
|
|
|
3028 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3029 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3030
|
|
|
3031 ;;;***
|
|
|
3032
|
|
|
3033 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "modes/bibtex.el")
|
|
|
3034
|
|
|
3035 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
|
|
|
3036 Major mode for editing bibtex files.
|
|
|
3037
|
|
|
3038 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
|
|
|
3039
|
|
|
3040 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
|
|
|
3041
|
|
|
3042 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and thus ignored by BibTeX.
|
|
|
3043 The OPT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT].
|
|
|
3044 \\[bibtex-kill-optional-field] kills the current optional field entirely.
|
|
|
3045 \\[bibtex-remove-double-quotes] removes the double-quotes around the text of
|
|
|
3046 the current field. \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current
|
|
|
3047 field with the default \"\".
|
|
|
3048
|
|
|
3049 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. (i) removes
|
|
|
3050 double-quotes from entirely numerical fields, (ii) removes OPT from all
|
|
|
3051 non-empty optional fields, (iii) removes all empty optional fields, and (iv)
|
|
|
3052 checks that no non-optional fields are empty.
|
|
|
3053
|
|
|
3054 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the dot at the end of the current field.
|
|
|
3055 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
|
|
|
3056
|
|
|
3057 The following may be of interest as well:
|
|
|
3058
|
|
|
3059 Functions:
|
|
|
3060 find-bibtex-duplicates
|
|
|
3061 find-bibtex-entry-location
|
|
|
3062 hide-bibtex-entry-bodies
|
|
|
3063 sort-bibtex-entries
|
|
|
3064 validate-bibtex-buffer
|
|
|
3065
|
|
|
3066 Variables:
|
|
|
3067 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts
|
|
|
3068 bibtex-entry-field-alist
|
|
|
3069 bibtex-include-OPTannote
|
|
|
3070 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
|
|
|
3071 bibtex-include-OPTkey
|
|
|
3072 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
|
|
|
3073 bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields
|
|
|
3074
|
|
|
3075 Fields:
|
|
|
3076 address
|
|
|
3077 Publisher's address
|
|
|
3078 annote
|
|
|
3079 Long annotation used for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3080 author
|
|
|
3081 Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format
|
|
|
3082 booktitle
|
|
|
3083 Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
|
|
|
3084 For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
|
|
|
3085 chapter
|
|
|
3086 Chapter number
|
|
|
3087 crossref
|
|
|
3088 The database key of the entry being cross referenced.
|
|
|
3089 edition
|
|
|
3090 Edition of a book (e.g., \"second\")
|
|
|
3091 editor
|
|
|
3092 Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
|
|
|
3093 If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
|
|
|
3094 for the book or collection that the work appears in
|
|
|
3095 howpublished
|
|
|
3096 How something strange has been published (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3097 institution
|
|
|
3098 Sponsoring institution
|
|
|
3099 journal
|
|
|
3100 Journal name (macros are provided for many)
|
|
|
3101 key
|
|
|
3102 Alphabetizing and labeling key (needed when no author or editor)
|
|
|
3103 month
|
|
|
3104 Month (macros are provided)
|
|
|
3105 note
|
|
|
3106 To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3107 number
|
|
|
3108 Number of a journal or technical report
|
|
|
3109 organization
|
|
|
3110 Organization (sponsoring a conference)
|
|
|
3111 pages
|
|
|
3112 Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range)
|
|
|
3113 publisher
|
|
|
3114 Publisher name
|
|
|
3115 school
|
|
|
3116 School name (for theses)
|
|
|
3117 series
|
|
|
3118 The name of a series or set of books.
|
|
|
3119 An individual book will also have its own title
|
|
|
3120 title
|
|
|
3121 The title of the thing being referenced
|
|
|
3122 type
|
|
|
3123 Type of a technical report (e.g., \"Research Note\") to be used
|
|
|
3124 instead of the default \"Technical Report\"
|
|
|
3125 volume
|
|
|
3126 Volume of a journal or multivolume work
|
|
|
3127 year
|
|
|
3128 Year---should contain only numerals
|
|
|
3129 ---------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3130 Entry to this mode calls the value of bibtex-mode-hook if that value is
|
|
|
3131 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3132
|
|
|
3133 ;;;***
|
|
|
3134
|
|
|
3135 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-style java-mode objc-mode c++-mode c-mode) "cc-mode" "modes/cc-mode.el")
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3138 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
|
|
|
3139 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3140 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
3141 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
|
3142 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
|
3143
|
|
|
3144 To see what version of cc-mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
|
3145
|
|
|
3146 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
3147 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
|
|
|
3148 run first.
|
|
|
3149
|
|
|
3150 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3151 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3152
|
|
|
3153 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3154 Major mode for editing C++ code.
|
|
|
3155 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3156 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3157 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3158 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3159 message.
|
|
|
3160
|
|
|
3161 To see what version of cc-mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
|
3162
|
|
|
3163 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
|
|
|
3164 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
|
|
|
3165 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
|
|
|
3166
|
|
|
3167 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3168 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3169
|
|
|
3170 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3171 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
|
|
|
3172 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3173 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3174 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3175 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3176 message.
|
|
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 To see what version of cc-mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
|
3179
|
|
|
3180 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3181 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
|
|
|
3182 is run first.
|
|
|
3183
|
|
|
3184 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3185 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3186
|
|
|
3187 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3188 Major mode for editing Java code.
|
|
|
3189 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3190 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3191 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3192 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
|
|
|
3193 message.
|
|
|
3194
|
|
|
3195 To see what version of cc-mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
|
3196
|
|
|
3197 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3198 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
|
|
|
3199 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
|
|
|
3200 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
|
|
|
3201 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
|
|
|
3202
|
|
|
3203 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3204 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3205
|
|
|
3206 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3207 Set cc-mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
|
|
|
3208 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
|
|
|
3209 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
|
|
|
3210 for details of setting up styles." t nil)
|
|
|
3211
|
|
|
3212 (fset 'set-c-style 'c-set-style)
|
|
|
3213
|
|
|
3214 ;;;***
|
|
|
3215
|
|
|
3216 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "modes/cl-indent.el")
|
|
|
3217
|
|
|
3218 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3219
|
|
|
3220 ;;;***
|
|
|
3221
|
|
|
3222 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "modes/cmacexp.el")
|
|
|
3223
|
|
|
3224 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
|
|
|
3225 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
|
|
|
3226 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
|
|
|
3227 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
|
|
|
3228
|
|
|
3229 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
|
|
|
3230 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
|
|
|
3231 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
|
|
|
3234 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236 ;;;***
|
|
|
3237
|
|
|
3238 ;;;### (autoloads (eiffel-mode) "eiffel3" "modes/eiffel3.el")
|
|
|
3239
|
|
|
3240 (autoload 'eiffel-mode "eiffel3" "\
|
|
|
3241 Major mode for editing Eiffel programs." t nil)
|
|
|
3242
|
|
|
3243 ;;;***
|
|
|
3244
|
|
|
3245 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) "enriched" "modes/enriched.el")
|
|
|
3246
|
|
|
3247 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
|
|
|
3248 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
|
|
|
3249 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
|
|
|
3250 text/enriched format.
|
|
|
3251 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3252
|
|
|
3253 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
|
|
|
3254 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
|
|
|
3255
|
|
|
3256 Commands:
|
|
|
3257
|
|
|
3258 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3259
|
|
|
3260 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3261
|
|
|
3262 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3263
|
|
|
3264 ;;;***
|
|
|
3265
|
|
|
3266 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) "executable" "modes/executable.el")
|
|
|
3267
|
|
|
3268 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
|
|
|
3269 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
|
|
|
3270 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
|
|
|
3271 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
|
|
|
3272 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
|
|
|
3273 executable." t nil)
|
|
|
3274
|
|
|
3275 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
|
|
|
3276 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
|
|
|
3277 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
|
|
|
3278
|
|
|
3279 ;;;***
|
|
|
3280
|
|
|
3281 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "modes/f90.el")
|
|
|
3282
|
|
|
3283 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
|
|
|
3284 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
|
|
|
3285
|
|
|
3286 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
|
|
|
3287 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
|
|
|
3288 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
|
|
|
3289
|
|
|
3290 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
|
|
|
3291
|
|
|
3292 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3293 \\{f90-mode-map}
|
|
|
3294
|
|
|
3295 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3296
|
|
|
3297 f90-do-indent
|
|
|
3298 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3299 f90-if-indent
|
|
|
3300 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3301 f90-type-indent
|
|
|
3302 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3303 f90-program-indent
|
|
|
3304 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
|
|
|
3305 (default 2)
|
|
|
3306 f90-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3307 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
|
|
|
3308 f90-comment-region
|
|
|
3309 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3310 region. (default \"!!!$\")
|
|
|
3311 f90-indented-comment-re
|
|
|
3312 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
|
|
|
3313 (default \"!\")
|
|
|
3314 f90-directive-comment-re
|
|
|
3315 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
|
|
|
3316 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
|
|
|
3317 f90-break-delimiters
|
|
|
3318 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
|
|
|
3319 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
|
|
|
3320 f90-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3321 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3322 (default t)
|
|
|
3323 f90-beginning-ampersand
|
|
|
3324 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
|
|
|
3325 f90-smart-end
|
|
|
3326 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
|
|
|
3327 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
|
|
|
3328 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
|
|
|
3329 f90-auto-keyword-case
|
|
|
3330 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
|
|
|
3331 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
|
|
|
3332 f90-leave-line-no
|
|
|
3333 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
|
|
|
3334 f90-startup-message
|
|
|
3335 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
|
|
|
3336 f90-keywords-re
|
|
|
3337 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
|
|
|
3338
|
|
|
3339 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3340 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3341
|
|
|
3342 ;;;***
|
|
|
3343
|
|
|
3344 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "modes/follow.el")
|
|
|
3345
|
|
|
3346 (add-minor-mode 'follow-mode nil 'follow-mode-map)
|
|
|
3347
|
|
|
3348 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3349 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3350
|
|
|
3351 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3352 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3353
|
|
|
3354 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3355 Minor mode which combines windows into one tall virtual window.
|
|
|
3356
|
|
|
3357 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
|
|
|
3358 of two major techniques:
|
|
|
3359
|
|
|
3360 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
|
|
|
3361 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
|
|
|
3362 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
|
|
|
3363
|
|
|
3364 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
|
|
|
3365 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
|
|
|
3366 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
|
|
|
3367 movement commands.
|
|
|
3368
|
|
|
3369 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
|
|
|
3370 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
|
|
|
3371 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
|
|
|
3372 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
|
|
|
3373 and beeing able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
|
|
|
3374 mileage may vary).
|
|
|
3375
|
|
|
3376 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
|
|
|
3377 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
|
|
|
3378
|
|
|
3379 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
|
|
|
3380
|
|
|
3381 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
|
|
|
3382 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
|
|
|
3383 \(This is the default.)
|
|
|
3384
|
|
|
3385 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3386 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
|
|
|
3387
|
|
|
3388 Keys specific to Follow mode:
|
|
|
3389 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3390
|
|
|
3391 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
|
|
|
3392 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
|
|
|
3393
|
|
|
3394 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
|
|
|
3395 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
|
|
|
3396 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
|
|
|
3397 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
|
|
|
3398 two windows always will display two successive pages.
|
|
|
3399 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
|
|
|
3400
|
|
|
3401 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
|
|
|
3402 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
|
|
|
3403 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
|
|
|
3404
|
|
|
3405 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
|
|
|
3406 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
|
|
|
3407 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
|
|
|
3408
|
|
|
3409 ;;;***
|
|
|
3410
|
|
|
3411 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "modes/fortran.el")
|
|
|
3412
|
|
|
3413 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
|
|
|
3414 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
|
|
|
3415 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
|
|
|
3416 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
|
|
|
3417 with a character in column 6.")
|
|
|
3418
|
|
|
3419 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
|
|
|
3420 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
|
|
|
3421 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
|
|
|
3422 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
|
|
|
3423
|
|
|
3424 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
|
|
3425
|
|
|
3426 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3427 \\{fortran-mode-map}
|
|
|
3428
|
|
|
3429 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3430
|
|
|
3431 comment-start
|
|
|
3432 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
|
|
|
3433 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
|
|
|
3434 fortran-do-indent
|
|
|
3435 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3436 fortran-if-indent
|
|
|
3437 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3438 fortran-structure-indent
|
|
|
3439 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
|
|
|
3440 (default 3)
|
|
|
3441 fortran-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3442 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
|
|
|
3443 fortran-comment-line-extra-indent
|
|
|
3444 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
|
|
|
3445 fortran-comment-indent-style
|
|
|
3446 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
|
|
|
3447 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
|
|
|
3448 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
|
|
|
3449 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
|
|
|
3450 (for TAB format continuation style).
|
|
|
3451 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
|
|
|
3452 indentation for a line of code.
|
|
|
3453 (default 'fixed)
|
|
|
3454 fortran-comment-indent-char
|
|
|
3455 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
|
|
|
3456 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
|
|
|
3457 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed
|
|
|
3458 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
|
|
|
3459 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab
|
|
|
3460 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
|
|
|
3461 fortran-line-number-indent
|
|
|
3462 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
|
|
|
3463 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
|
|
|
3464 column 5. (default 1)
|
|
|
3465 fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
|
|
|
3466 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
|
|
|
3467 statements. (default nil)
|
|
|
3468 fortran-blink-matching-if
|
|
|
3469 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
|
|
|
3470 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
|
|
|
3471 statement. (default nil)
|
|
|
3472 fortran-continuation-string
|
|
|
3473 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
|
|
|
3474 line. (default \"$\")
|
|
|
3475 fortran-comment-region
|
|
|
3476 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3477 region. (default \"c$$$\")
|
|
|
3478 fortran-electric-line-number
|
|
|
3479 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
|
|
|
3480 as typed. (default t)
|
|
|
3481 fortran-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3482 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' breaks lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3483 (default t)
|
|
|
3484 fortran-startup-message
|
|
|
3485 Set to nil to inhibit message first time Fortran mode is used.
|
|
|
3486
|
|
|
3487 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3488 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3489
|
|
|
3490 ;;;***
|
|
|
3491
|
|
|
3492 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "modes/hideif.el")
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
3494 (add-minor-mode 'hide-ifdef-mode " Ifdef")
|
|
|
3495
|
|
|
3496 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
|
|
|
3497 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
|
|
|
3498 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3499 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
|
|
|
3500 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
|
|
|
3501 how the hiding is done:
|
|
|
3502
|
|
|
3503 hide-ifdef-env
|
|
|
3504 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
|
|
|
3505 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3506 is used.
|
|
|
3507
|
|
|
3508 hide-ifdef-define-alist
|
|
|
3509 An association list of defined symbol lists.
|
|
|
3510 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3511 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3512 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
|
|
|
3513
|
|
|
3514 hide-ifdef-lines
|
|
|
3515 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
|
|
|
3516 #endif lines when hiding.
|
|
|
3517
|
|
|
3518 hide-ifdef-initially
|
|
|
3519 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
|
|
|
3520 is activated.
|
|
|
3521
|
|
|
3522 hide-ifdef-read-only
|
|
|
3523 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
|
|
|
3524 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
|
|
|
3525
|
|
|
3526 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3527
|
|
|
3528 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
|
|
|
3529 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
|
|
|
3530
|
|
|
3531 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
|
|
|
3532 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
|
|
|
3533
|
|
|
3534 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
|
|
|
3535 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
|
|
|
3536
|
|
|
3537 ;;;***
|
|
|
3538
|
|
|
3539 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-block hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "modes/hideshow.el")
|
|
|
3540
|
|
|
3541 (defvar hs-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3542 Non-nil if using hideshow mode as a minor mode of some other mode.
|
|
|
3543 Use the command `hs-minor-mode' to toggle this variable.")
|
|
|
3544
|
|
|
3545 (autoload 'hs-hide-all "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3546 Hides all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
|
|
|
3547 It moves point to the beginning of the line, and it runs the normal hook
|
|
|
3548 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3549
|
|
|
3550 (autoload 'hs-hide-block "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3551 Selects a block and hides it. With prefix arg, reposition at end.
|
|
|
3552 Block is defined as a sexp for lispish modes, mode-specific otherwise.
|
|
|
3553 Comments are blocks, too. Upon completion, point is at repositioned and
|
|
|
3554 the normal hook `hs-hide-hook' is run. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3555
|
|
|
3556 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3557 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
|
|
|
3558 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3559 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
|
|
|
3560 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. The variables
|
|
|
3561 `selective-display' and `selective-display-ellipses' are set to t.
|
|
|
3562 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc for `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
3563
|
|
|
3564 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
|
|
|
3565 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands." t nil)
|
|
|
3566
|
|
|
3567 (add-minor-mode 'hs-minor-mode " hs" 'hs-minor-mode-map)
|
|
|
3568
|
|
|
3569 ;;;***
|
|
|
3570
|
|
|
3571 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "modes/icon.el")
|
|
|
3572
|
|
|
3573 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
|
|
|
3574 Major mode for editing Icon code.
|
|
|
3575 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
|
|
|
3576 Tab indents for Icon code.
|
|
|
3577 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
3578 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3579 \\{icon-mode-map}
|
|
|
3580 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3581 icon-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3582 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
3583 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
3584 icon-auto-newline
|
|
|
3585 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
3586 inserted in Icon code.
|
|
|
3587 icon-indent-level
|
|
|
3588 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
3589 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
3590 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
3591 icon-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
3592 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
3593 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
3594 icon-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
3595 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
3596 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
3597 icon-brace-offset
|
|
|
3598 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
3599 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
3600 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
3601 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
3602
|
|
|
3603 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3604 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3605
|
|
|
3606 ;;;***
|
|
|
3607
|
|
|
3608 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "modes/imenu.el")
|
|
|
3609
|
|
|
3610 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
|
|
|
3611 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
|
|
|
3612
|
|
|
3613 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu-create-index-with-pattern'
|
|
|
3614 to create a buffer index.
|
|
|
3615
|
|
|
3616 It is an alist with elements that look like this: (MENU-TITLE
|
|
|
3617 REGEXP INDEX).
|
|
|
3618
|
|
|
3619 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
|
|
|
3620 entries are not nested.
|
|
|
3621
|
|
|
3622 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
|
|
|
3623 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
|
|
|
3624 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
|
|
|
3625 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
|
|
|
3626
|
|
|
3627 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
|
|
|
3628 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
|
|
|
3629
|
|
|
3630 For emacs-lisp-mode for example PATTERN would look like:
|
|
|
3631
|
|
|
3632 '((nil \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(un\\\\|subst\\\\|macro\\\\|advice\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3633 (\"*Vars*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(var\\\\|const\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3634 (\"*Types*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(type\\\\|struct\\\\|class\\\\|ine-condition\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2))
|
|
|
3635
|
|
|
3636 The variable is buffer-local.")
|
|
|
3637
|
|
|
3638 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
|
|
|
3639
|
|
|
3640 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3641 Adds an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3642 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
|
|
|
3643 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3644
|
|
|
3645 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3646 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
|
|
|
3647 See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3648
|
|
|
3649 ;;;***
|
|
|
3650
|
|
|
3651 ;;;### (autoloads (ksh-mode) "ksh-mode" "modes/ksh-mode.el")
|
|
|
3652
|
|
|
3653 (autoload 'ksh-mode "ksh-mode" "\
|
|
16
|
3654 ksh-mode $Revision: 1.4 $ - Major mode for editing (Bourne, Korn or Bourne again)
|
|
12
|
3655 shell scripts.
|
|
|
3656 Special key bindings and commands:
|
|
|
3657 \\{ksh-mode-map}
|
|
|
3658 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3659 ksh-indent
|
|
|
3660 Indentation of ksh statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
3661 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3662 ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3663 Additional indentation for statements under case items.
|
|
|
3664 Default value is nil which will align the statements one position
|
|
|
3665 past the \")\" of the pattern.
|
|
|
3666 ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3667 Additional indentation for case items within a case statement.
|
|
|
3668 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3669 ksh-group-offset
|
|
|
3670 Additional indentation for keywords \"do\" and \"then\".
|
|
|
3671 Default value is -2.
|
|
|
3672 ksh-brace-offset
|
|
|
3673 Additional indentation of \"{\" under functions or brace groupings.
|
|
|
3674 Default value is 0.
|
|
|
3675 ksh-multiline-offset
|
|
|
3676 Additional indentation of line that is preceded of a line ending with a
|
|
|
3677 \\ to make it continue on next line.
|
|
|
3678 ksh-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3679 Controls the operation of the TAB key. If t (the default), always
|
|
|
3680 reindent the current line. If nil, indent the current line only if
|
|
|
3681 point is at the left margin or in the line's indentation; otherwise
|
|
|
3682 insert a tab.
|
|
|
3683 ksh-match-and-tell
|
|
|
3684 If non-nil echo in the minibuffer the matching compound command
|
|
|
3685 for the \"done\", \"}\", \"fi\", or \"esac\". Default value is t.
|
|
|
3686
|
|
|
3687 ksh-align-to-keyword
|
|
|
3688 Controls whether nested constructs align from the keyword or
|
|
|
3689 the current indentation. If non-nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3690 the column the keyword starts. If nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3691 the current indentation of the line the keyword is on.
|
|
|
3692 The default value is non-nil.
|
|
|
3693
|
|
|
3694 ksh-comment-regexp
|
|
|
3695 Regular expression used to recognize comments. Customize to support
|
|
|
3696 ksh-like languages. Default value is \" \\s *#\".
|
|
|
3697
|
|
|
3698 Style Guide.
|
|
|
3699 By setting
|
|
|
3700 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3701 (setq ksh-group-offset 0)
|
|
|
3702
|
|
|
3703 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3704
|
|
|
3705 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3706 then
|
|
|
3707 bar # <-- ksh-group-offset is additive to ksh-indent
|
|
|
3708 foo
|
|
|
3709 fi
|
|
|
3710
|
|
|
3711 By setting
|
|
|
3712 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3713 (setq ksh-group-offset (- 0 ksh-indent))
|
|
|
3714
|
|
|
3715 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3716
|
|
|
3717 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3718 then
|
|
|
3719 bar
|
|
|
3720 foo
|
|
|
3721 fi
|
|
|
3722
|
|
|
3723 By setting
|
|
|
3724 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3725 (setq ksh-case-indent nil)
|
|
|
3726
|
|
|
3727 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3728
|
|
|
3729 case x in *
|
|
|
3730 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3731 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent aligns with \")\"
|
|
|
3732 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3733 bar;;
|
|
|
3734 esac
|
|
|
3735
|
|
|
3736 By setting
|
|
|
3737 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3738 (setq ksh-case-indent 6)
|
|
|
3739
|
|
|
3740 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3741
|
|
|
3742 case x in *
|
|
|
3743 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3744 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3745 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3746 bar;;
|
|
|
3747 esac
|
|
|
3748
|
|
|
3749
|
|
|
3750 Installation:
|
|
|
3751
|
|
|
3752 (setq ksh-mode-hook
|
|
|
3753 (function (lambda ()
|
|
|
3754 (font-lock-mode 1) ;; font-lock the buffer
|
|
|
3755 (setq ksh-indent 8)
|
|
|
3756 (setq ksh-group-offset -8)
|
|
|
3757 (setq ksh-brace-offset -8)
|
|
|
3758 (setq ksh-tab-always-indent t)
|
|
|
3759 (setq ksh-match-and-tell t)
|
|
|
3760 (setq ksh-align-to-keyword t) ;; Turn on keyword alignment
|
|
|
3761 )))" t nil)
|
|
|
3762
|
|
|
3763 ;;;***
|
|
|
3764
|
|
|
3765 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "modes/m4-mode.el")
|
|
|
3766
|
|
|
3767 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
|
|
|
3768 A major-mode to edit m4 macro files
|
|
|
3769 \\{m4-mode-map}
|
|
|
3770 " t nil)
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 ;;;***
|
|
|
3773
|
|
|
3774 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-alias build-mail-aliases mail-aliases-setup) "mail-abbrevs" "modes/mail-abbrevs.el")
|
|
|
3775
|
|
|
3776 (defvar mail-abbrev-mailrc-file nil "\
|
|
|
3777 Name of file with mail aliases. If nil, ~/.mailrc is used.")
|
|
|
3778
|
|
|
3779 (defvar mail-aliases nil "\
|
|
|
3780 Word-abbrev table of mail address aliases.
|
|
|
3781 If this is nil, it means the aliases have not yet been initialized and
|
|
|
3782 should be read from the .mailrc file. (This is distinct from there being
|
|
|
3783 no aliases, which is represented by this being a table with no entries.)")
|
|
|
3784
|
|
|
3785 (autoload 'mail-aliases-setup "mail-abbrevs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3786
|
|
|
3787 (autoload 'build-mail-aliases "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3788 Read mail aliases from .mailrc and set mail-aliases." nil nil)
|
|
|
3789
|
|
|
3790 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3791 Define NAME as a mail-alias that translates to DEFINITION.
|
|
|
3792 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
|
|
|
3793
|
|
|
3794 ;;;***
|
|
|
3795
|
|
|
3796 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "modes/make-mode.el")
|
|
|
3797
|
|
|
3798 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
|
|
|
3799 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
|
|
|
3800 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3801
|
|
|
3802 \\{makefile-mode-map}
|
|
|
3803
|
|
|
3804 In the browser, use the following keys:
|
|
|
3805
|
|
|
3806 \\{makefile-browser-map}
|
|
|
3807
|
|
|
3808 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
|
|
|
3809
|
|
|
3810 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
|
|
|
3811 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
|
|
|
3812
|
|
|
3813 makefile-target-colon:
|
|
|
3814 The string that gets appended to all target names
|
|
|
3815 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
|
|
|
3816 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
|
|
|
3817
|
|
|
3818 makefile-macro-assign:
|
|
|
3819 The string that gets appended to all macro names
|
|
|
3820 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
|
|
|
3821 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
|
|
|
3822 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
|
|
|
3823 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
|
|
|
3824 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
|
|
|
3825
|
|
|
3826 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
|
|
|
3827 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
|
|
|
3828 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
3829
|
|
|
3830 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
|
|
|
3831 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
|
|
|
3832
|
|
|
3833 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
|
|
|
3834 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
|
|
|
3835 up or down in the browser.
|
|
|
3836
|
|
|
3837 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
|
|
|
3838 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3839
|
|
|
3840 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
|
|
|
3841 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3842
|
|
|
3843 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
|
|
|
3844 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
|
|
|
3845 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
|
|
|
3846 has been selected in the browser.
|
|
|
3847
|
|
|
3848 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
|
|
|
3849 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
|
|
|
3850 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
|
|
|
3851 (i.e. it calls `makefile-find-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
|
|
|
3852 filenames are omitted.
|
|
|
3853
|
|
|
3854 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
|
|
|
3855 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
|
|
|
3856 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
|
|
|
3857 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
|
|
|
3858 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
|
|
|
3859 the backslash itself intact.
|
|
|
3860 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
|
|
|
3861 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
|
|
|
3862
|
|
|
3863 makefile-browser-hook:
|
|
|
3864 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
|
|
|
3865 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
|
|
|
3866
|
|
|
3867 makefile-special-targets-list:
|
|
|
3868 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
|
|
|
3869 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
|
|
|
3870 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3871
|
|
|
3872 ;;;***
|
|
|
3873
|
|
|
3874 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "modes/modula2.el")
|
|
|
3875
|
|
|
3876 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
|
|
|
3877 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
|
|
|
3878 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
|
|
|
3879 followed by the first character of the construct.
|
|
|
3880 \\<m2-mode-map>
|
|
|
3881 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
|
|
|
3882 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
|
|
|
3883 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
|
|
|
3884 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
|
|
|
3885 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
|
|
|
3886 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
|
|
|
3887 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
|
|
|
3888 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
|
|
|
3889 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
|
|
|
3890 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
|
|
|
3891 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
|
|
|
3892 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
|
|
|
3893 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
|
|
|
3894 \\[m2-link] link
|
|
|
3895
|
|
|
3896 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
|
|
|
3897 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
|
|
|
3898 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
|
|
|
3899
|
|
|
3900 ;;;***
|
|
|
3901
|
|
|
3902 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-nroff-mode nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "modes/nroff-mode.el")
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
3904 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
3905 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
|
|
|
3906 \\{nroff-mode-map}
|
|
|
3907 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3908 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
|
|
|
3909 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
|
|
|
3910
|
|
|
3911 (autoload 'electric-nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
3912 Toggle `nroff-electric-newline' minor mode.
|
|
|
3913 `nroff-electric-newline' forces Emacs to check for an nroff request at the
|
|
|
3914 beginning of the line, and insert the matching closing request if necessary.
|
|
|
3915 This command toggles that mode (off->on, on->off), with an argument,
|
|
|
3916 turns it on iff arg is positive, otherwise off." t nil)
|
|
|
3917
|
|
|
3918 (defvar nroff-electric-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3919 Non-nil if in electric-nroff minor mode.")
|
|
|
3920
|
|
|
3921 (add-minor-mode 'nroff-electric-mode " Electric" nil nil 'electric-nroff-mode)
|
|
|
3922
|
|
|
3923 ;;;***
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 ;;;### (autoloads (outl-mouse-minor-mode outl-mouse-mode) "outl-mouse" "modes/outl-mouse.el")
|
|
|
3926
|
|
|
3927 (autoload 'outl-mouse-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
3928 Calls outline-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
3929
|
|
|
3930 (autoload 'outl-mouse-minor-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
3931 Toggles outline-minor-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
3932
|
|
|
3933 ;;;***
|
|
|
3934
|
|
|
3935 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "modes/outline.el")
|
|
|
3936
|
|
|
3937 (defvar outline-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3938 Non-nil if using Outline mode as a minor mode of some other mode.")
|
|
|
3939
|
|
|
3940 (make-variable-buffer-local 'outline-minor-mode)
|
|
|
3941
|
|
|
3942 (put 'outline-minor-mode 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
3943
|
|
|
3944 (add-minor-mode 'outline-minor-mode " Outl")
|
|
|
3945
|
|
|
3946 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
3947 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
|
|
|
3948 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
|
|
|
3949 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
|
|
|
3950
|
|
|
3951 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
|
|
|
3952 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
|
|
|
3953 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
|
|
|
3954 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
|
|
|
3955
|
|
|
3956 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
|
|
|
3957 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
|
|
|
3958 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
|
|
|
3959 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
|
|
|
3960 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
|
|
|
3961 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
|
|
|
3962
|
|
|
3963 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
|
|
|
3964 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
|
|
|
3965
|
|
|
3966 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
|
|
|
3967 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
|
|
|
3968 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
3969 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
|
|
|
3970 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
|
|
|
3971 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
|
|
|
3972 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
|
|
|
3973 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
|
|
|
3974 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
|
|
|
3975 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
3976 The subheadings remain visible.
|
|
|
3977 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
|
|
|
3978
|
|
|
3979 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
|
|
|
3980 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
|
|
|
3981 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
|
|
|
3982
|
|
|
3983 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
|
|
|
3984 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3985
|
|
|
3986 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
3987 Toggle Outline minor mode.
|
|
|
3988 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3989 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3990
|
|
|
3991 ;;;***
|
|
|
3992
|
|
|
3993 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "modes/pascal.el")
|
|
|
3994
|
|
|
3995 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
|
|
|
3996 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
|
|
|
3997 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3998
|
|
|
3999 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
|
|
|
4000 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
|
|
|
4001
|
|
|
4002 Other useful functions are:
|
|
|
4003
|
|
|
4004 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
4005 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
4006 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
|
|
|
4007 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
|
|
|
4008 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
|
|
|
4009 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
4010 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
|
4011 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
4012 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
|
|
|
4013
|
|
|
4014 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
4015
|
|
|
4016 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
4017 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
4018 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
4019 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
4020 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
|
4021 Non-nil means automatically newline after simcolons and the punctation mark
|
|
|
4022 after an end.
|
|
|
4023 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
4024 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
4025 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4026 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
|
4027 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
|
|
|
4028 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
|
|
|
4029 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
|
|
|
4030 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s hould be done.
|
|
|
4031
|
|
|
4032 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
|
|
|
4033 pascal-separator-keywords.
|
|
|
4034
|
|
|
4035 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4036 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4037
|
|
|
4038 ;;;***
|
|
|
4039
|
|
|
4040 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "modes/perl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4041
|
|
|
4042 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4043 Major mode for editing Perl code.
|
|
|
4044 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
|
|
|
4045 Tab indents for Perl code.
|
|
|
4046 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
|
|
|
4047 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4048 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4049 \\{perl-mode-map}
|
|
|
4050 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4051 perl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4052 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
|
|
|
4053 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4054 perl-tab-to-comment
|
|
|
4055 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
|
|
|
4056 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
|
|
|
4057 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
|
|
|
4058 perl-nochange
|
|
|
4059 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
|
|
|
4060 perl-indent-level
|
|
|
4061 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4062 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
4063 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
4064 perl-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
4065 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
4066 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
4067 perl-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
4068 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
4069 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
4070 perl-brace-offset
|
|
|
4071 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
4072 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
4073 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
4074 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
4075 perl-label-offset
|
|
|
4076 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
|
|
|
4077
|
|
|
4078 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
|
|
|
4079 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
|
|
|
4080 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
|
|
|
4081 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
|
|
|
4082 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
|
|
|
4083 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
|
|
|
4084 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
|
|
|
4085
|
|
|
4086 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
4087
|
|
|
4088 ;;;***
|
|
|
4089
|
|
|
4090 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "modes/picture.el")
|
|
|
4091
|
|
|
4092 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
|
|
|
4093 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
|
|
|
4094 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
|
|
|
4095 afterwards settable by these commands:
|
|
|
4096 C-c < Move left after insertion.
|
|
|
4097 C-c > Move right after insertion.
|
|
|
4098 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
|
|
|
4099 C-c . Move down after insertion.
|
|
|
4100 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4101 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
|
|
|
4102 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4103 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
|
|
|
4104 The current direction is displayed in the modeline. The initial
|
|
|
4105 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
|
|
|
4106 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
|
|
|
4107 with these commands:
|
|
|
4108 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
|
|
|
4109 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
|
|
|
4110 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
|
|
|
4111 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
|
|
|
4112 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
|
|
|
4113 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4114 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4115 Return Move to beginning of next line.
|
|
|
4116 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
|
|
|
4117 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
|
|
|
4118 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
|
|
|
4119 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
|
|
|
4120 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
|
|
|
4121 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
|
|
|
4122 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
|
|
|
4123 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
|
|
|
4124 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
|
|
|
4125 You can manipulate text with these commands:
|
|
|
4126 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
|
|
|
4127 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
|
|
|
4128 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
|
|
|
4129 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
|
|
|
4130 text is saved in the kill ring.
|
|
|
4131 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
|
|
|
4132 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
|
|
|
4133 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
|
|
|
4134 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
|
|
|
4135 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
|
|
|
4136 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
|
|
|
4137 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
|
|
|
4138 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
|
|
|
4139 commands if invoked soon enough.
|
|
|
4140 You can return to the previous mode with:
|
|
|
4141 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
|
|
|
4142 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
|
|
|
4143
|
|
|
4144 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
|
|
|
4145
|
|
|
4146 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
|
|
|
4147 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
|
|
|
4148
|
|
|
4149 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
|
|
|
4150
|
|
|
4151 ;;;***
|
|
|
4152
|
|
|
4153 ;;;### (autoloads (postscript-mode) "postscript" "modes/postscript.el")
|
|
|
4154
|
|
|
4155 (autoload 'postscript-mode "postscript" "\
|
|
|
4156 Major mode for editing PostScript files.
|
|
|
4157
|
|
|
4158 \\[ps-execute-buffer] will send the contents of the buffer to the NeWS
|
|
|
4159 server using psh(1). \\[ps-execute-region] sends the current region.
|
|
|
4160 \\[ps-shell] starts an interactive psh(1) window which will be used for
|
|
|
4161 subsequent \\[ps-execute-buffer] or \\[ps-execute-region] commands.
|
|
|
4162
|
|
|
4163 In this mode, TAB and \\[indent-region] attempt to indent code
|
|
|
4164 based on the position of {}, [], and begin/end pairs. The variable
|
|
|
4165 ps-indent-level controls the amount of indentation used inside
|
|
|
4166 arrays and begin/end pairs.
|
|
|
4167
|
|
|
4168 \\{ps-mode-map}
|
|
|
4169
|
|
|
4170 \\[postscript-mode] calls the value of the variable postscript-mode-hook
|
|
|
4171 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4172
|
|
|
4173 ;;;***
|
|
|
4174
|
|
|
4175 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog inferior-prolog-mode prolog-mode) "prolog" "modes/prolog.el")
|
|
|
4176
|
|
|
4177 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4178 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
|
|
|
4179 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4180 Commands:
|
|
|
4181 \\{prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4182 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4183 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4184
|
|
|
4185 (autoload 'inferior-prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4186 Major mode for interacting with an inferior Prolog process.
|
|
|
4187
|
|
|
4188 The following commands are available:
|
|
|
4189 \\{inferior-prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' with no arguments,
|
|
|
4192 if that value is non-nil. Likewise with the value of `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4193 `prolog-mode-hook' is called after `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4194
|
|
|
4195 You can send text to the inferior Prolog from other buffers
|
|
|
4196 using the commands `send-region', `send-string' and \\[prolog-consult-region].
|
|
|
4197
|
|
|
4198 Commands:
|
|
|
4199 Tab indents for Prolog; with argument, shifts rest
|
|
|
4200 of expression rigidly with the current line.
|
|
|
4201 Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines and '%%'.
|
|
|
4202 '%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4203
|
|
|
4204 Return at end of buffer sends line as input.
|
|
|
4205 Return not at end copies rest of line to end and sends it.
|
|
|
4206 \\[comint-kill-input] and \\[backward-kill-word] are kill commands, imitating normal Unix input editing.
|
|
|
4207 \\[comint-interrupt-subjob] interrupts the shell or its current subjob if any.
|
|
|
4208 \\[comint-stop-subjob] stops. \\[comint-quit-subjob] sends quit signal." t nil)
|
|
|
4209
|
|
|
4210 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4211 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
|
|
|
4212
|
|
|
4213 ;;;***
|
|
|
4214
|
|
|
4215 ;;;### (autoloads (py-shell python-mode) "python-mode" "modes/python-mode.el")
|
|
|
4216
|
|
|
4217 (eval-when-compile (condition-case nil (progn (require 'cl) (require 'imenu)) (error nil)))
|
|
|
4218
|
|
|
4219 (autoload 'python-mode "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4220 Major mode for editing Python files.
|
|
|
4221 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[py-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
4222 `python-mode' buffer. Do `\\[py-describe-mode]' for detailed
|
|
|
4223 documentation. To see what version of `python-mode' you are running,
|
|
|
4224 enter `\\[py-version]'.
|
|
|
4225
|
|
|
4226 This mode knows about Python indentation, tokens, comments and
|
|
|
4227 continuation lines. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4228
|
|
|
4229 COMMANDS
|
|
|
4230 \\{py-mode-map}
|
|
|
4231 VARIABLES
|
|
|
4232
|
|
|
4233 py-indent-offset indentation increment
|
|
|
4234 py-block-comment-prefix comment string used by comment-region
|
|
|
4235 py-python-command shell command to invoke Python interpreter
|
|
|
4236 py-scroll-process-buffer always scroll Python process buffer
|
|
|
4237 py-temp-directory directory used for temp files (if needed)
|
|
|
4238 py-beep-if-tab-change ring the bell if tab-width is changed" t nil)
|
|
|
4239
|
|
|
4240 (autoload 'py-shell "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4241 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
|
|
|
4242 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
|
|
|
4243 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
|
|
|
4244 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
|
|
|
4245 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
|
|
|
4246
|
|
|
4247 See the docs for variable `py-scroll-buffer' for info on scrolling
|
|
|
4248 behavior in the process window.
|
|
|
4249
|
|
|
4250 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
|
|
|
4251 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
|
|
|
4252 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
|
|
|
4253 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
|
|
|
4254 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
|
|
|
4255 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
|
|
|
4256 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
|
|
|
4257 mode.
|
|
|
4258
|
|
|
4259 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
|
|
|
4260 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
|
|
|
4261 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
|
|
|
4262 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
|
|
|
4263 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
|
|
|
4264 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
|
|
|
4265 filter." t nil)
|
|
|
4266
|
|
|
4267 ;;;***
|
|
|
4268
|
|
|
4269 ;;;### (autoloads (rexx-mode) "rexx-mode" "modes/rexx-mode.el")
|
|
|
4270
|
|
|
4271 (autoload 'rexx-mode "rexx-mode" "\
|
|
|
4272 Major mode for editing REXX code.
|
|
|
4273 \\{rexx-mode-map}
|
|
|
4274
|
|
|
4275 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4276 rexx-indent
|
|
|
4277 The basic indentation for do-blocks.
|
|
|
4278 rexx-end-indent
|
|
|
4279 The relative offset of the \"end\" statement. 0 places it in the
|
|
|
4280 same column as the statements of the block. Setting it to the same
|
|
|
4281 value as rexx-indent places the \"end\" under the do-line.
|
|
|
4282 rexx-cont-indent
|
|
|
4283 The indention for lines following \"then\", \"else\" and \",\"
|
|
|
4284 (continued) lines.
|
|
|
4285 rexx-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4286 Non-nil means TAB in REXX mode should always reindent the current
|
|
|
4287 line, regardless of where in the line the point is when the TAB
|
|
|
4288 command is used.
|
|
|
4289
|
|
|
4290 If you have set rexx-end-indent to a nonzero value, you probably want to
|
|
|
4291 remap RETURN to rexx-indent-newline-indent. It makes sure that lines
|
|
|
4292 indents correctly when you press RETURN.
|
|
|
4293
|
|
|
4294 An extensive abbrevation table consisting of all the keywords of REXX are
|
|
|
4295 supplied. Expanded keywords are converted into upper case making it
|
|
|
4296 easier to distinguish them. To use this feature the buffer must be in
|
|
|
4297 abbrev-mode. (See example below.)
|
|
|
4298
|
|
|
4299 Turning on REXX mode calls the value of the variable rexx-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4300 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
4301
|
|
|
4302 For example:
|
|
|
4303 \(setq rexx-mode-hook '(lambda ()
|
|
|
4304 (setq rexx-indent 4)
|
|
|
4305 (setq rexx-end-indent 4)
|
|
|
4306 (setq rexx-cont-indent 4)
|
|
|
4307 (local-set-key \"\\C-m\" 'rexx-indent-newline-indent)
|
|
|
4308 (abbrev-mode 1)
|
|
|
4309 ))
|
|
|
4310
|
|
|
4311 will make the END aligned with the DO/SELECT. It will indent blocks and
|
|
|
4312 IF-statenents four steps and make sure that the END jumps into the
|
|
|
4313 correct position when RETURN is pressed. Finaly it will use the abbrev
|
|
|
4314 table to convert all REXX keywords into upper case." t nil)
|
|
|
4315
|
|
|
4316 ;;;***
|
|
|
4317
|
|
|
4318 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-minibuf" "modes/rsz-minibuf.el")
|
|
|
4319
|
|
|
4320 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4321 *If non-`nil', resize the minibuffer so its entire contents are visible.")
|
|
|
4322
|
|
|
4323 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
|
|
|
4324 *Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.
|
|
|
4325 If less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in
|
|
|
4326 which the active minibuffer window resides.")
|
|
|
4327
|
|
|
4328 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
|
|
|
4329 *If non-`nil', make minibuffer exactly the size needed to display all its contents.
|
|
|
4330 Otherwise, the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but
|
|
|
4331 never get smaller while it is active.")
|
|
|
4332
|
|
|
4333 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
|
|
|
4334 *If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame, allow changing the frame height.")
|
|
|
4335
|
|
|
4336 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
|
|
|
4337 *Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.
|
|
|
4338 If less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
|
|
|
4339
|
|
|
4340 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly nil "\
|
|
|
4341 *If non-`nil', make minibuffer frame exactly the size needed to display all its contents.
|
|
|
4342 Otherwise, the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but
|
|
|
4343 never get smaller while it is active.")
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 (autoload 'resize-minibuffer-mode "rsz-minibuf" "\
|
|
|
4346 Enable or disable resize-minibuffer mode.
|
|
|
4347 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. A positive argument or
|
|
|
4348 argument of 0 enables it.
|
|
|
4349
|
|
|
4350 When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
|
|
|
4351 contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
|
|
|
4352
|
|
|
4353 The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
|
|
|
4354 whether this mode is active or not.
|
|
|
4355
|
|
|
4356 The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
|
|
|
4357 variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
|
|
|
4358
|
|
|
4359 The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
|
|
|
4360 minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
|
|
|
4361 display its contents.
|
|
|
4362
|
|
|
4363 When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to tbe the sole
|
|
|
4364 window in a frame. Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
|
|
|
4365 way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
|
|
|
4366 The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
|
|
|
4367 done. The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
|
|
|
4368 `resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
|
|
|
4369 counterparts." t nil)
|
|
|
4370
|
|
|
4371 ;;;***
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
4373 ;;;### (autoloads (scheme-mode) "scheme" "modes/scheme.el")
|
|
|
4374
|
|
|
4375 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
|
|
|
4376 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
|
|
|
4377 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
|
|
|
4378
|
|
|
4379 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
|
|
|
4380 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
|
|
|
4381 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
|
|
|
4382 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
|
|
|
4383 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
|
|
|
4384 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
|
|
|
4385
|
|
|
4386 Commands:
|
|
|
4387 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4388 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
|
|
|
4389 \\{scheme-mode-map}
|
|
|
4390 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
|
|
|
4391 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4392
|
|
|
4393 ;;;***
|
|
|
4394
|
|
|
4395 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "modes/scribe.el")
|
|
|
4396
|
|
|
4397 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
|
|
|
4398 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
|
|
|
4399 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
|
|
|
4400 \\{scribe-mode-map}
|
|
|
4401
|
|
|
4402 Interesting variables:
|
|
|
4403
|
|
|
4404 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
|
|
|
4405 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
|
|
|
4406
|
|
|
4407 scribe-electric-quote
|
|
|
4408 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 scribe-electric-parenthesis
|
|
|
4411 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
|
|
|
4412 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
|
|
|
4413
|
|
|
4414 ;;;***
|
|
|
4415
|
|
|
4416 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode) "sendmail" "modes/sendmail.el")
|
|
|
4417
|
|
|
4418 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
|
|
|
4419 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
|
|
|
4420
|
|
|
4421 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
|
|
|
4422 king@grassland.com
|
|
|
4423 If `parens', they look like:
|
|
|
4424 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
|
|
|
4425 If `angles', they look like:
|
|
|
4426 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
|
|
|
4427
|
|
|
4428 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
|
|
|
4429 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
|
|
|
4430 This is done when the message is initialized,
|
|
|
4431 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
|
|
|
4432
|
|
|
4433 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
|
|
|
4434 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
|
|
|
4435 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
|
|
|
4436
|
|
|
4437 (defvar mail-dir nil "\
|
|
|
4438 *Default directory for saving messages.")
|
|
|
4439
|
|
|
4440 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Sender:" "References:" "Return-Path:" "Received:" "[^: \n]*Message-ID:" "Errors-To:" "Path:" "Expires:" "Xref:" "Lines:" "Approved:" "Distribution:" "Content-Length:" "Mime-Version:" "Content-Type:" "Content-Transfer-Encoding:" "X400-Received:" "X400-Originator:" "X400-Mts-Identifier:" "X400-Content-Type:" "Content-Identifier:" "Status:" "Summary-Line:" "X-Attribution:" "Via:" "Sent-Via:" "Mail-From:" "Origin:" "Comments:" "Originator:" "NF-ID:" "NF-From:" "Posting-Version:" "Posted:" "Posted-Date:" "Date-Received:" "Relay-Version:" "Article-I\\.D\\.:" "NNTP-Version:" "NNTP-Posting-Host:" "X-Mailer:" "X-Newsreader:" "News-Software:" "X-Received:" "X-References:" "X-Envelope-To:" "X-VMS-" "Remailed-" "X-Plantation:" "X-Windows:" "X-Pgp-") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4441 *Gubbish header fields one would rather not see.")
|
|
|
4442
|
|
|
4443 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat rmail-ignored-headers "\\|" "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Resent-To:" "Resent-By:" "Resent-CC:" "To:" "Subject:" "In-Reply-To:") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4444 Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
|
|
|
4445
|
|
|
4446 (defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-send-it "\
|
|
|
4447 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
|
|
|
4448 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents
|
|
|
4449 match the variable `mail-header-separator'.")
|
|
|
4450
|
|
|
4451 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
|
|
|
4452 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
|
|
|
4453
|
|
|
4454 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
|
|
|
4455 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
|
|
|
4456 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
|
|
|
4457
|
|
|
4458 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
|
|
|
4459 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
|
|
|
4460 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
|
|
|
4461 when you first send mail.")
|
|
|
4462
|
|
|
4463 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
|
|
|
4464 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
|
|
|
4465 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
|
|
|
4466 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
|
|
|
4467 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
|
|
|
4468
|
|
|
4469 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
|
|
|
4470 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
|
|
|
4471 nil means use indentation.")
|
|
|
4472
|
|
|
4473 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
|
|
|
4474 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
|
|
|
4475 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.")
|
|
|
4476
|
|
|
4477 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4478 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
|
|
|
4479 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
4480 C-c C-s mail-send (send the message) C-c C-c mail-send-and-exit
|
|
|
4481 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
4482 C-c C-f C-t move to To: C-c C-f C-s move to Subj:
|
|
|
4483 C-c C-f C-b move to BCC: C-c C-f C-c move to CC:
|
|
|
4484 C-c C-f C-f move to FCC: C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To:
|
|
|
4485 C-c C-t mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
4486 C-c C-w mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
4487 C-c C-y mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
|
|
|
4488 C-c C-q mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
|
4489 C-c C-v mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
|
|
|
4490
|
|
|
4491 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4492 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
|
|
|
4493 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
|
|
|
4494 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
|
|
|
4495
|
|
|
4496 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
|
|
|
4497 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
|
|
|
4498
|
|
|
4499 \\<mail-mode-map>
|
|
|
4500 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
|
|
|
4501
|
|
|
4502 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
|
|
|
4503 to move to message header fields:
|
|
|
4504 \\{mail-mode-map}
|
|
|
4505
|
|
|
4506 The variable `mail-signature' controls whether the signature file
|
|
|
4507 `mail-signature-file' is inserted immediately.
|
|
|
4508
|
|
|
4509 If `mail-signature' is nil, use \\[mail-signature] to insert the
|
|
|
4510 signature in `mail-signature-file'.
|
|
|
4511
|
|
|
4512 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
|
|
|
4513 when the message is initialized.
|
|
|
4514
|
|
|
4515 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
|
|
|
4516 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
|
|
|
4517
|
|
|
4518 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
|
|
|
4519 is inserted.
|
|
|
4520
|
|
|
4521 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
|
|
|
4522 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
|
|
|
4523
|
|
|
4524 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
|
|
|
4525 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
|
|
|
4526
|
|
|
4527 The second through fifth arguments,
|
|
|
4528 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
|
|
|
4529 the initial contents of those header fields.
|
|
|
4530 These arguments should not have final newlines.
|
|
|
4531 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer whose contents
|
|
|
4532 should be yanked if the user types C-c C-y.
|
|
|
4533 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
|
|
|
4534 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
|
|
|
4535 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
|
|
|
4536 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
|
|
|
4537
|
|
|
4538 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4539 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
4540
|
|
|
4541 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4542 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
4543
|
|
|
4544 (define-key ctl-x-map "m" 'mail)
|
|
|
4545
|
|
|
4546 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "m" 'mail-other-window)
|
|
|
4547
|
|
|
4548 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "m" 'mail-other-frame)
|
|
|
4549
|
|
|
4550 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
|
|
|
4551
|
|
|
4552 ;;;***
|
|
|
4553
|
|
|
4554 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "modes/sh-script.el")
|
|
|
4555
|
|
|
4556 (put 'sh-mode 'mode-class 'special)
|
|
|
4557
|
|
|
4558 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
|
|
|
4559 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
|
|
|
4560 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
|
|
|
4561 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
|
|
|
4562 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
|
|
|
4563 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
|
|
|
4564
|
|
|
4565 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
|
|
|
4566 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
|
|
|
4567 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
|
|
|
4568 shell-specific features.
|
|
|
4569
|
|
|
4570 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
|
|
|
4571 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
|
|
|
4572 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
|
|
|
4573
|
|
|
4574 \\[sh-case] case statement
|
|
|
4575 \\[sh-for] for loop
|
|
|
4576 \\[sh-function] function definition
|
|
|
4577 \\[sh-if] if statement
|
|
|
4578 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
|
|
|
4579 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
|
|
|
4580 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
|
|
|
4581 \\[sh-select] select loop
|
|
|
4582 \\[sh-until] until loop
|
|
|
4583 \\[sh-while] while loop
|
|
|
4584
|
|
|
4585 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
|
|
|
4586 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
|
|
|
4587 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
|
|
|
4588 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
|
|
|
4589 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
|
|
|
4590 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
|
|
|
4591
|
|
|
4592 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
|
|
|
4593 {, (, [, ', \", `
|
|
|
4594 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
|
|
|
4595
|
|
|
4596 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
|
|
|
4597 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
|
|
|
4598 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
|
|
|
4601 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
|
|
|
4602
|
|
|
4603 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
|
|
|
4604
|
|
|
4605 ;;;***
|
|
|
4606
|
|
|
4607 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" "modes/tcl.el")
|
|
|
4608
|
|
|
4609 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4610 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
|
|
|
4611 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
|
|
|
4612 Tab indents for Tcl code.
|
|
|
4613 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4614 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4615
|
|
|
4616 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4617 tcl-indent-level
|
|
|
4618 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4619 tcl-continued-indent-level
|
|
|
4620 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
|
|
|
4621
|
|
|
4622 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
4623 documentation for details):
|
|
|
4624 tcl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4625 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
4626 tcl-auto-newline
|
|
|
4627 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
|
|
|
4628 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
|
|
|
4629 tcl-electric-hash-style
|
|
|
4630 Controls action of `#' key.
|
|
|
4631 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
|
|
|
4632 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
|
|
|
4633 This variable is only used in GNU Emacs 19.
|
|
|
4634 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
|
|
|
4635 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
|
|
|
4636 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
|
|
|
4637
|
|
|
4638 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4639 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
4640 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
4641 already exist.
|
|
|
4642
|
|
|
4643 Commands:
|
|
|
4644 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4645
|
|
|
4646 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4647 Run inferior Tcl process.
|
|
|
4648 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
|
|
|
4649 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
4650
|
|
|
4651 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4652 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
|
|
|
4653 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
|
|
|
4654
|
|
|
4655 ;;;***
|
|
|
4656
|
|
|
4657 ;;;### (autoloads (latex-mode plain-tex-mode tex-mode) "tex-mode" "modes/tex-mode.el")
|
|
|
4658
|
|
|
4659 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4660 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
|
|
|
4661 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
|
|
|
4662 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls plain-tex-mode,
|
|
|
4663 latex-mode, or slitex-mode, respectively. If it cannot be determined,
|
|
|
4664 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of tex-default-mode
|
|
|
4665 is used." t nil)
|
|
|
4666
|
|
|
4667 (fset 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
|
|
|
4668
|
|
|
4669 (fset 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
|
|
|
4670
|
|
|
4671 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4672 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
|
|
|
4673 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4674 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4675 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
|
|
|
4678 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
|
|
|
4679 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4680 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4681 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4682 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4683 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4684
|
|
|
4685 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4686 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4687
|
|
|
4688 Special commands:
|
|
|
4689 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4690
|
|
|
4691 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4692 tex-run-command
|
|
|
4693 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4694 tex-directory
|
|
|
4695 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
|
|
|
4696 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4697 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4698 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4699 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4700 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4701 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4702 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4703 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4704 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4705 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4706 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4707
|
|
|
4708 Entering Plain-tex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4709 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of plain-tex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4710 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4711
|
|
|
4712 (fset 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
|
|
|
4713
|
|
|
4714 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4715 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
|
|
|
4716 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4717 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4718 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4719
|
|
|
4720 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
|
|
|
4721 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
|
|
|
4722 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4723 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4724 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4725 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4726 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4727
|
|
|
4728 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4729 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4730
|
|
|
4731 Special commands:
|
|
|
4732 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4733
|
|
|
4734 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4735 latex-run-command
|
|
|
4736 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4737 tex-directory
|
|
|
4738 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
|
|
|
4739 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4740 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4741 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4742 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4743 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4744 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4745 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4746 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4747 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4748 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4749 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4750
|
|
|
4751 Entering Latex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4752 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of latex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4753 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4754
|
|
|
4755 ;;;***
|
|
|
4756
|
|
|
4757 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "modes/texinfo.el")
|
|
|
4758
|
|
|
4759 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
|
|
|
4760 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
|
|
|
4761
|
|
|
4762 It has these extra commands:
|
|
|
4763 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
|
|
|
4764
|
|
|
4765 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
|
|
|
4766 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
|
|
|
4767 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
|
|
|
4768 modified version of TeX input format.
|
|
|
4769
|
|
|
4770 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
|
|
|
4771 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
|
|
|
4772 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
|
|
|
4773 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
|
|
|
4774
|
|
|
4775 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
|
|
|
4776 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
|
|
|
4777 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
|
|
|
4778 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
|
|
|
4779 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
|
|
|
4780 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
|
|
|
4781 in the Texinfo file.
|
|
|
4782
|
|
|
4783 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
|
|
|
4784 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
|
|
|
4785 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
|
|
|
4786 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
|
|
|
4787 move forward past the closing brace.
|
|
|
4788
|
|
|
4789 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
|
|
|
4790 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
|
|
|
4791
|
|
|
4792 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
|
|
|
4793 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
|
|
|
4794 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
|
|
|
4795
|
|
|
4796 Here are the functions:
|
|
|
4797
|
|
|
4798 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
4799 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
4800 texinfo-sequential-node-update
|
|
|
4801
|
|
|
4802 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
4803 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
4804 texinfo-master-menu
|
|
|
4805
|
|
|
4806 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
4807
|
|
|
4808 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
4809 which menu descriptions are indented.
|
|
|
4810
|
|
|
4811 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
|
|
|
4812 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
|
|
|
4813 in the region.
|
|
|
4814
|
|
|
4815 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
|
|
|
4816 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
|
|
|
4817 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
|
|
|
4818 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
|
|
|
4819
|
|
|
4820 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
|
|
|
4821 be the first node in the file.
|
|
|
4822
|
|
|
4823 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
|
|
|
4824 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
4825
|
|
|
4826 ;;;***
|
|
|
4827
|
|
|
4828 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "modes/two-column.el")
|
|
|
4829
|
|
|
4830 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4833 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
|
|
|
4834 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
|
|
|
4835 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
|
|
|
4836 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
|
|
|
4837 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
|
|
|
4838 first and the associated buffer to it's right." t nil)
|
|
|
4839
|
|
|
4840 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4841 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
4842 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
|
|
|
4843 accepting the proposed default buffer.
|
|
|
4844
|
|
|
4845 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
|
|
|
4846
|
|
|
4847 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4848 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
4849 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
|
|
|
4850 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
|
|
|
4851 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
|
|
|
4852 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
|
|
|
4853 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
|
|
|
4854
|
|
|
4855 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
|
|
|
4856 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
|
|
|
4857
|
|
|
4858 First column's text sSs Second column's text
|
|
|
4859 \\___/\\
|
|
|
4860 / \\
|
|
|
4861 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
|
|
|
4862
|
|
|
4863 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
|
|
|
4864
|
|
|
4865 ;;;***
|
|
|
4866
|
|
|
4867 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "modes/vhdl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4868
|
|
|
4869 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4870 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
|
|
16
|
4871 vhdl-mode $Revision: 1.4 $
|
|
12
|
4872 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
4873 vhdl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
4874 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
|
4875 problem, including a reproducable test case and send the message.
|
|
|
4876
|
|
|
4877 Note that the details of configuring vhdl-mode will soon be moved to the
|
|
|
4878 accompanying texinfo manual. Until then, please read the README file
|
|
|
4879 that came with the vhdl-mode distribution.
|
|
|
4880
|
|
|
4881 The hook variable `vhdl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
4882 bound and has a non-nil value.
|
|
|
4883
|
|
|
4884 Key bindings:
|
|
|
4885 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4886
|
|
|
4887 ;;;***
|
|
|
4888
|
|
|
4889 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-view-mode view-major-mode view-mode view-minor-mode view-buffer-other-window view-file-other-window view-buffer view-file) "view-less" "modes/view-less.el")
|
|
|
4890
|
|
|
4891 (autoload 'view-file "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4892 Find FILE, enter view mode. With prefix arg OTHER-P, use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
4893
|
|
|
4894 (autoload 'view-buffer "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4895 Switch to BUF, enter view mode. With prefix arg use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
4896
|
|
|
4897 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4898 Find FILE in other window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4899
|
|
|
4900 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4901 Switch to BUFFER in another window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 (autoload 'view-minor-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4904 Minor mode for viewing text, with bindings like `less'.
|
|
|
4905 Commands are:
|
|
|
4906 \\<view-minor-mode-map>
|
|
|
4907 0..9 prefix args
|
|
|
4908 - prefix minus
|
|
|
4909 \\[scroll-up] page forward
|
|
|
4910 \\[scroll-down] page back
|
|
|
4911 \\[view-scroll-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 1.
|
|
|
4912 \\[view-scroll-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 1.
|
|
|
4913 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 10.
|
|
|
4914 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 10.
|
|
|
4915 \\[what-line] print line number
|
|
|
4916 \\[view-mode-describe] print this help message
|
|
|
4917 \\[view-search-forward] regexp search, uses previous string if you just hit RET
|
|
|
4918 \\[view-search-backward] as above but searches backward
|
|
|
4919 \\[view-repeat-search] repeat last search
|
|
|
4920 \\[view-goto-line] goto line prefix-arg, default 1
|
|
|
4921 \\[view-last-windowful] goto line prefix-arg, default last line
|
|
|
4922 \\[view-goto-percent] goto a position by percentage
|
|
|
4923 \\[toggle-truncate-lines] toggle truncate-lines
|
|
|
4924 \\[view-file] view another file
|
|
|
4925 \\[view-buffer] view another buffer
|
|
|
4926 \\[view-cleanup-backspaces] cleanup backspace constructions
|
|
|
4927 \\[shell-command] execute a shell command
|
|
|
4928 \\[shell-command-on-region] execute a shell command with the region as input
|
|
|
4929 \\[view-quit] exit view-mode, and bury the current buffer.
|
|
|
4930
|
|
|
4931 If invoked with the optional (prefix) arg non-nil, view-mode cleans up
|
|
|
4932 backspace constructions.
|
|
|
4933
|
|
|
4934 More precisely:
|
|
|
4935 \\{view-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4936
|
|
|
4937 (autoload 'view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4938 View the current buffer using view-minor-mode. This exists to be 99.9%
|
|
|
4939 compatible with the implementations of `view-mode' in view.el and older
|
|
|
4940 versions of view-less.el." t nil)
|
|
|
4941
|
|
|
4942 (autoload 'view-major-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4943 View the current buffer using view-mode, as a major mode.
|
|
|
4944 This function has a nonstandard name because `view-mode' is wrongly
|
|
|
4945 named but is like this for compatibility reasons." t nil)
|
|
|
4946
|
|
|
4947 (autoload 'auto-view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
4948 If the file of the current buffer is not writable, call view-mode.
|
|
|
4949 This is meant to be added to `find-file-hooks'." nil nil)
|
|
|
4950
|
|
|
4951 ;;;***
|
|
|
4952
|
|
|
4953 ;;;### (autoloads (vrml-mode) "vrml-mode" "modes/vrml-mode.el")
|
|
|
4954
|
|
|
4955 (autoload 'vrml-mode "vrml-mode" "\
|
|
|
4956 Major mode for editing VRML code.
|
|
|
4957 Expression and list commands understand all VRML brackets.
|
|
|
4958 Tab indents for VRML code.
|
|
|
4959 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4960 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4961
|
|
|
4962 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4963 vrml-indent-level
|
|
|
4964 Indentation of VRML statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4965
|
|
|
4966 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
4967 documentation for details):
|
|
|
4968 vrml-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4969 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
4970 vrml-auto-newline
|
|
|
4971 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
4972 inserted in VRML code.
|
|
|
4973
|
|
|
4974 Turning on VRML mode calls the value of the variable `vrml-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4975 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
4976 `vrml-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
4977 already exist.
|
|
|
4978
|
|
|
4979 Commands:
|
|
|
4980 \\{vrml-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4981
|
|
|
4982 ;;;***
|
|
|
4983
|
|
|
4984 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-mode) "xpm-mode" "modes/xpm-mode.el")
|
|
|
4985
|
|
|
4986 (autoload 'xpm-mode "xpm-mode" "\
|
|
|
4987 Treat the current buffer as an xpm file and colorize it.
|
|
|
4988
|
|
|
4989 Shift-button-1 lets you paint by dragging the mouse. Shift-button-1 on a
|
|
|
4990 color definition line will change the current painting color to that line's
|
|
|
4991 value.
|
|
|
4992
|
|
|
4993 Characters inserted from the keyboard will NOT be colored properly yet.
|
|
|
4994 Use the mouse, or do xpm-init (\\[xpm-init]) after making changes.
|
|
|
4995
|
|
|
4996 \\[xpm-add-color] Add a new color, prompting for character and value
|
|
|
4997 \\[xpm-show-image] show the current image at the top of the buffer
|
|
|
4998 \\[xpm-parse-color] parse the current line's color definition and add
|
|
|
4999 it to the color table. Provided as a means of changing colors.
|
|
|
5000 XPM minor mode bindings:
|
|
|
5001 \\{xpm-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5002
|
|
|
5003 ;;;***
|
|
|
5004
|
|
|
5005 ;;;### (autoloads (br-env-load br-env-browse) "br-env" "oobr/br-env.el")
|
|
|
5006
|
|
|
5007 (autoload 'br-env-browse "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5008 Invoke the OO-Browser on an existing or to be created Environment ENV-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
5009
|
|
|
5010 (autoload 'br-env-load "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5011 Load browser Environment or spec from optional ENV-FILE or 'br-env-file'.
|
|
|
5012 Non-nil PROMPT means prompt user before building tables.
|
|
|
5013 Non-nil NO-BUILD means skip build of Environment entirely.
|
|
|
5014 Return t if load is successful, else nil." t nil)
|
|
|
5015
|
|
|
5016 ;;;***
|
|
|
5017
|
|
|
5018 ;;;### (autoloads (oo-browser) "br-start" "oobr/br-start.el")
|
|
|
5019
|
|
|
5020 (fset 'oobr 'oo-browser)
|
|
|
5021
|
|
|
5022 (autoload 'oo-browser "br-start" "\
|
|
|
5023 Prompt for an Environment and language over which to run the OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5024 Optional prefix argument SAME-ENV-FLAG means browse the current Environment,
|
|
|
5025 if any, without prompting." t nil)
|
|
|
5026
|
|
|
5027 ;;;***
|
|
|
5028
|
|
|
5029 ;;;### (autoloads (br-to-from-viewer br-add-class-file) "br" "oobr/br.el")
|
|
|
5030
|
|
|
5031 (autoload 'br-add-class-file "br" "\
|
|
|
5032 Add a file of classes to the current Environment.
|
|
|
5033 Interactively or when optional CLASS-PATH is nil, CLASS-PATH defaults to the
|
|
|
5034 current buffer file pathname. If optional LIB-TABLE-P is non-nil, add to
|
|
|
5035 Library Environment, otherwise add to System Environment. If optional
|
|
|
5036 SAVE-FILE is t, the Environment is then stored to the filename given by
|
|
|
5037 'br-env-file'. If SAVE-FILE is non-nil and not t, its string value is used
|
|
|
5038 as the file to which to save the Environment." t nil)
|
|
|
5039
|
|
|
5040 (autoload 'br-to-from-viewer "br" "\
|
|
|
5041 Move point to viewer window or back to last recorded listing window." t nil)
|
|
|
5042
|
|
|
5043 ;;;***
|
|
|
5044
|
|
|
5045 ;;;### (autoloads (c++-browse) "c++-browse" "oobr/c++-browse.el")
|
|
|
5046
|
|
|
5047 (autoload 'c++-browse "c++-browse" "\
|
|
|
5048 Invoke the C++ OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5049 This allows browsing through C++ library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5050 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5051 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5052 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5053
|
|
|
5054 ;;;***
|
|
|
5055
|
|
|
5056 ;;;### (autoloads (clos-browse) "clos-brows" "oobr/clos-brows.el")
|
|
|
5057
|
|
|
5058 (autoload 'clos-browse "clos-brows" "\
|
|
|
5059 Invoke the CLOS OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5060 This allows browsing through CLOS library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5061 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5062 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5063 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5064
|
|
|
5065 ;;;***
|
|
|
5066
|
|
|
5067 ;;;### (autoloads (eif-browse) "eif-browse" "oobr/eif-browse.el")
|
|
|
5068
|
|
|
5069 (autoload 'eif-browse "eif-browse" "\
|
|
|
5070 Invoke the Eiffel OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5071 This allows browsing through Eiffel library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5072 With an optional prefix arg ENV-FILE equal to t, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5073 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5074 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5075
|
|
|
5076 ;;;***
|
|
|
5077
|
|
|
5078 ;;;### (autoloads (info-browse) "info-brows" "oobr/info-brows.el")
|
|
|
5079
|
|
|
5080 (autoload 'info-browse "info-brows" "\
|
|
|
5081 Invoke the Info OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5082 This allows browsing through Info library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5083 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5084 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5085 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5086
|
|
|
5087 ;;;***
|
|
|
5088
|
|
|
5089 ;;;### (autoloads (java-browse) "java-brows" "oobr/java-brows.el")
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091 (autoload 'java-browse "java-brows" "\
|
|
|
5092 Invoke the Java OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5093 This allows browsing through Java library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5094 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5095 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5096 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5097
|
|
|
5098 ;;;***
|
|
|
5099
|
|
|
5100 ;;;### (autoloads (objc-browse) "objc-brows" "oobr/objc-brows.el")
|
|
|
5101
|
|
|
5102 (autoload 'objc-browse "objc-brows" "\
|
|
|
5103 Invoke the Objective-C OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5104 This allows browsing through Objective-C library and system class
|
|
|
5105 hierarchies. With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for
|
|
|
5106 Environment file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used
|
|
|
5107 as the Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5108
|
|
|
5109 ;;;***
|
|
|
5110
|
|
|
5111 ;;;### (autoloads (python-browse) "python-browse" "oobr/python-browse.el")
|
|
|
5112
|
|
|
5113 (autoload 'python-browse "python-browse" "\
|
|
|
5114 Invoke the Python OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5115 This allows browsing through Python library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5116 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5117 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5118 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5119
|
|
|
5120 ;;;***
|
|
|
5121
|
|
|
5122 ;;;### (autoloads (smt-browse) "smt-browse" "oobr/smt-browse.el")
|
|
|
5123
|
|
|
5124 (autoload 'smt-browse "smt-browse" "\
|
|
|
5125 Invoke the Smalltalk OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5126 This allows browsing through Smalltalk library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5127 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5128 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5129 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5130
|
|
|
5131 ;;;***
|
|
|
5132
|
|
|
5133 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "packages/add-log.el")
|
|
|
5134
|
|
|
5135 (defvar change-log-default-name nil "\
|
|
|
5136 *Name of a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry].")
|
|
|
5137
|
|
|
5138 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
|
|
|
5139 *If non-nil, function to guess name of current function from surrounding text.
|
|
|
5140 \\[add-change-log-entry] calls this function (if nil, `add-log-current-defun'
|
|
|
5141 instead) with no arguments. It returns a string or nil if it cannot guess.")
|
|
|
5142
|
|
|
5143 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
|
|
|
5144 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
|
|
|
5145 This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.")
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
|
|
|
5148 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
|
|
|
5149 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
|
|
|
5150
|
|
|
5151 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5152 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5153
|
|
|
5154 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5155 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
|
|
|
5156
|
|
|
5157 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
|
|
|
5158 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5159 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
|
|
|
5160 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
|
|
|
5161
|
|
|
5162 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
|
|
|
5163 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
|
|
|
5164 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
|
|
|
5165
|
|
|
5166 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
|
|
|
5167 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5168
|
|
|
5169 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5170 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5171 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5172 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5173 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
|
|
|
5174 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
|
|
|
5175 never append to an existing entry." t nil)
|
|
|
5176
|
|
|
5177 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5178 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5179 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5180 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'." t nil)
|
|
|
5181
|
|
|
5182 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
|
|
|
5183
|
|
|
5184 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5185 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
|
|
|
5186 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
|
|
|
5187 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
|
|
|
5188 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
|
|
|
5189 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
5190
|
|
|
5191 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
|
|
|
5193
|
|
|
5194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
|
|
|
5195 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
|
|
|
5196
|
|
|
5197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
|
|
|
5198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
|
|
|
5199 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
|
|
|
5200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
|
|
|
5201
|
|
|
5202 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
|
|
|
5203
|
|
|
5204 ;;;***
|
|
|
5205
|
|
|
5206 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command) "apropos" "packages/apropos.el")
|
|
|
5207
|
|
|
5208 (fset 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
|
|
|
5209
|
|
|
5210 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5211 Shows commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5212 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
|
|
|
5213 variables." t nil)
|
|
|
5214
|
|
|
5215 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5216 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5217 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
|
|
|
5218 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
|
|
|
5219 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5220
|
|
|
5221 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5222 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
|
|
|
5223 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
|
|
|
5224 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
|
|
|
5225 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
|
|
|
5226
|
|
|
5227 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5228 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
|
|
|
5229 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
|
|
|
5230 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
|
|
|
5231 bindings.
|
|
|
5232 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5233
|
|
|
5234 ;;;***
|
|
|
5235
|
|
|
5236 ;;;### (autoloads (define-auto-insert auto-insert) "autoinsert" "packages/autoinsert.el")
|
|
|
5237
|
|
|
5238 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5239 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
|
|
|
5240 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5241
|
|
|
5242 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5243 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
|
|
|
5244 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
|
|
|
5245 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
|
|
|
5246
|
|
|
5247 ;;;***
|
|
|
5248
|
|
|
5249 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "packages/avoid.el")
|
|
|
5250
|
|
14
|
5251 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
|
|
|
5252 Value is t or a symbol if the mouse pointer should avoid the cursor.
|
|
|
5253 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. Changing this
|
|
|
5254 variable is NOT the recommended way to change modes; use that function
|
|
|
5255 instead.")
|
|
|
5256
|
|
12
|
5257 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
|
|
|
5258 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
|
|
|
5259 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
|
|
|
5260 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
|
|
|
5261
|
|
|
5262 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
|
|
|
5263 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
|
|
|
5264 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
|
|
|
5265
|
|
|
5266 Effects of the different modes:
|
|
|
5267 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
|
|
|
5268 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
|
|
|
5269 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
|
|
|
5270 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
|
|
|
5271 a random distance & direction.
|
|
|
5272 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
|
|
|
5273 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
|
|
|
5274 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
|
|
|
5275
|
|
|
5276 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
|
|
|
5277
|
|
|
5278 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
|
|
|
5279 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
|
|
|
5280 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
|
|
|
5281
|
|
|
5282 (add-minor-mode 'mouse-avoidance-mode " Avoid")
|
|
|
5283
|
|
|
5284 ;;;***
|
|
|
5285
|
|
|
5286 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-cursor-mode) "blink-cursor" "packages/blink-cursor.el")
|
|
|
5287
|
|
|
5288 (autoload 'blink-cursor-mode "blink-cursor" "\
|
|
|
5289 Enable or disable a blinking cursor.
|
|
|
5290 If TIMEOUT is nil, toggle on or off.
|
|
|
5291 If TIMEOUT is t, enable with the previous timeout value.
|
|
|
5292 If TIMEOUT is 0, disable.
|
|
|
5293 If TIMEOUT is greater than 0, then the cursor will blink once
|
|
|
5294 each TIMEOUT secs (can be a float)." t nil)
|
|
|
5295
|
|
|
5296 ;;;***
|
|
|
5297
|
|
|
5298 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "packages/bookmark.el")
|
|
|
5299
|
|
|
5300 (if (symbolp (key-binding "r")) nil (progn (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)))
|
|
|
5301
|
|
|
5302 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
|
|
|
5303 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
|
|
|
5304 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
|
|
|
5305 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
|
|
|
5306 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
|
|
|
5307 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
|
|
|
5308
|
|
|
5309 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
|
|
|
5310
|
|
|
5311 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5312
|
|
|
5313 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5314
|
|
|
5315 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5316
|
|
|
5317 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5318
|
|
|
5319 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
|
|
|
5320
|
|
|
5321 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
|
|
|
5322
|
|
|
5323 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location)
|
|
|
5324
|
|
|
5325 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
|
|
|
5326
|
|
|
5327 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
|
|
|
5328
|
|
|
5329 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
|
|
|
5330
|
|
|
5331 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
|
|
|
5332
|
|
|
5333 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
|
|
|
5334
|
|
|
5335 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5336 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
|
|
|
5337 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
|
|
|
5338 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
|
|
|
5339 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
|
|
|
5340 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
|
|
|
5341 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
|
|
|
5342 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
|
|
|
5343 recent one.
|
|
|
5344
|
|
|
5345 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
|
|
|
5346 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
|
|
|
5347 yank successive words.
|
|
|
5348
|
|
|
5349 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
|
|
|
5350 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
|
|
|
5351 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
|
|
|
5352 name of the file being visited.
|
|
|
5353
|
|
|
5354 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
|
|
|
5355 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
|
|
|
5356 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
|
|
|
5357
|
|
|
5358 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5359 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5360 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5361 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5362 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5363 this.
|
|
|
5364
|
|
|
5365 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
|
|
|
5366 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
|
|
|
5367 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
|
|
|
5368 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
|
|
|
5369
|
|
|
5370 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5371 Relocate BOOKMARK -- prompts for a filename, and makes an already
|
|
|
5372 existing bookmark point to that file, instead of the one it used to
|
|
|
5373 point at. Useful when a file has been renamed after a bookmark was
|
|
|
5374 set in it." t nil)
|
|
|
5375
|
|
|
5376 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5377 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5378 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
|
|
|
5379 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
|
|
|
5380
|
|
|
5381 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5382 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. If called from
|
|
|
5383 keyboard, prompts for OLD and NEW. If called from menubar, OLD is
|
|
|
5384 selected from a menu, and prompts for NEW.
|
|
|
5385
|
|
|
5386 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
|
|
|
5387 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
|
|
|
5388 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5389
|
|
|
5390 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
|
5391 consectutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
|
5392 name." t nil)
|
|
|
5393
|
|
|
5394 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5395 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5396 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5397 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5398 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5399 this." t nil)
|
|
|
5400
|
|
|
5401 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5402 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5403 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5404 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5405 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5406 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5407 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
|
|
|
5408 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
|
|
|
5409
|
|
|
5410 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5411 Write bookmarks to a file (for which the user will be prompted
|
|
|
5412 interactively). Don't use this in Lisp programs; use bookmark-save
|
|
|
5413 instead." t nil)
|
|
|
5414
|
|
|
5415 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5416 Save currently defined bookmarks.
|
|
|
5417 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
|
|
|
5418 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
|
|
|
5419 \(second argument).
|
|
|
5420
|
|
|
5421 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
|
|
|
5422 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
|
|
|
5423 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
|
|
|
5424 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
|
|
|
5425 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
|
|
|
5426
|
|
|
5427 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
|
|
|
5428 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
|
|
|
5429 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
|
|
|
5430 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
|
|
|
5431
|
|
|
5432 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5433 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
|
|
|
5434 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
|
|
|
5435 optional second argument REVERT is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
|
|
|
5436 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
|
|
|
5437 while loading.
|
|
|
5438
|
|
|
5439 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
|
|
|
5440 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
|
|
|
5441 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
|
|
|
5442 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
|
|
|
5443 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
|
|
|
5444 explicitly." t nil)
|
|
|
5445
|
|
|
5446 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5447 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
|
|
|
5448 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
|
|
|
5449 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
|
|
|
5450 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
|
|
|
5451
|
|
|
5452 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5453
|
|
|
5454 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5455
|
|
|
5456 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5457 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5458 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5459 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5460 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5461 this.
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5464 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5465 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5466
|
|
|
5467 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5468 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5469 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5470 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5471 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5472 this.
|
|
|
5473
|
|
|
5474 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5475 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5476 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5477
|
|
|
5478 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-locate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5479 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5480 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
|
|
|
5481
|
|
|
5482 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5483 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5484 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5485
|
|
|
5486 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5487 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5488 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5489 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
|
|
|
5490 prompts for NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5491 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
|
|
|
5492 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
|
|
|
5493 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5494
|
|
|
5495 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
|
5496 consectutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
|
5497 name.
|
|
|
5498
|
|
|
5499 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5500 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5501 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5502
|
|
|
5503 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5504 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5505 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5506 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5507 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5508 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5511 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5512 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5513
|
|
|
5514 ;;;***
|
|
|
5515
|
|
|
5516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "buff-menu" "packages/buff-menu.el")
|
|
|
5517
|
|
|
5518 (defvar list-buffers-directory nil)
|
|
|
5519
|
|
|
5520 (make-variable-buffer-local 'list-buffers-directory)
|
|
|
5521
|
|
|
5522 ;;;***
|
|
|
5523
|
|
|
5524 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "packages/chistory.el")
|
|
|
5525
|
|
|
5526 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5527 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
|
|
|
5528 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
|
|
|
5529 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
|
|
|
5530 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
|
|
|
5531 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
|
|
|
5532
|
|
|
5533 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5534 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
|
|
|
5535 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5536 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
|
|
|
5537 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
|
|
|
5538
|
|
|
5539 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5540
|
|
|
5541 (autoload 'command-history-mode "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5542 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
5543 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5544 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
5545 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
|
|
|
5546
|
|
|
5547 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
|
|
|
5548 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
|
|
|
5549 \\{command-history-map}
|
|
|
5550 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
5551 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
5552
|
|
|
5553 ;;;***
|
|
|
5554
|
|
|
5555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "packages/cmuscheme.el")
|
|
|
5556
|
|
|
5557 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 ;;;***
|
|
|
5560
|
|
|
5561 ;;;### (autoloads (display-column-mode) "column" "packages/column.el")
|
|
|
5562
|
|
|
5563 (autoload 'display-column-mode "column" "\
|
|
|
5564 Toggle display column mode.
|
|
|
5565 With prefix arg, turn display column mode on iff arg is positive.
|
|
|
5566
|
|
|
5567 When display column mode is on, the current column and line number are
|
|
|
5568 displayed in the mode line." t nil)
|
|
|
5569
|
|
|
5570 ;;;***
|
|
|
5571
|
|
|
5572 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "packages/compare-w.el")
|
|
|
5573
|
|
|
5574 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
|
|
|
5575 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
|
|
|
5576 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
|
|
|
5577 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
|
|
|
5578
|
|
|
5579 This command pushes the mark in each window
|
|
|
5580 at the prior location of point in that window.
|
|
|
5581 If both windows display the same buffer,
|
|
|
5582 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
|
|
|
5583 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
|
|
|
5584
|
|
|
5585 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
|
|
|
5586 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
|
|
|
5587 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
5588
|
|
|
5589 ;;;***
|
|
|
5590
|
|
|
5591 ;;;### (autoloads (first-error previous-error next-error compilation-minor-mode grep compile) "compile" "packages/compile.el")
|
|
|
5592
|
|
|
5593 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
|
|
|
5594 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
|
|
|
5595
|
|
|
5596 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
|
|
|
5597 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
|
|
|
5598
|
|
|
5599 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
|
|
|
5600 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
|
|
|
5601 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
|
|
|
5602 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
|
|
|
5603 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
|
|
|
5604
|
|
|
5605 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
|
|
|
5606 *Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
|
|
|
5607 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
|
|
|
5608 describing how the process finished.")
|
|
|
5609
|
|
|
5610 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
|
|
|
5611 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
|
|
|
5612 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
|
|
|
5613 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
|
|
|
5614
|
|
|
5615 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
|
|
|
5616 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
|
|
|
5617 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
|
|
|
5618 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
|
|
|
5619
|
|
|
5620 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
|
|
|
5621 and move to the source code that caused it.
|
|
|
5622
|
|
|
5623 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
|
|
|
5624 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
|
|
|
5625
|
|
|
5626 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
|
|
|
5627 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
|
|
|
5628 Then start the next one.
|
|
|
5629
|
|
|
5630 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
|
|
|
5631 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
|
|
|
5632 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
|
|
|
5633
|
|
|
5634 (autoload 'grep "compile" "\
|
|
|
5635 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
5636 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
5637 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
|
|
|
5638
|
|
|
5639 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
|
|
|
5640 easily repeat a grep command." t nil)
|
|
|
5641
|
|
|
5642 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
|
|
|
5643 Toggle compilation minor mode.
|
|
|
5644 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
5645 See `compilation-mode'.
|
|
|
5646 ! \\{compilation-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5647
|
|
|
5648 (autoload 'next-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5649 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5650 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command.
|
|
|
5651 If all preparsed error messages have been processed,
|
|
|
5652 the error message buffer is checked for new ones.
|
|
|
5653
|
|
|
5654 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
|
|
|
5655 negative means move back to previous error messages.
|
|
|
5656 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
|
|
|
5657 and start at the first error.
|
|
|
5658
|
|
|
5659 \\[next-error] normally applies to the most recent compilation started,
|
|
|
5660 but as long as you are in the middle of parsing errors from one compilation
|
|
|
5661 output buffer, you stay with that compilation output buffer.
|
|
|
5662
|
|
|
5663 Use \\[next-error] in a compilation output buffer to switch to
|
|
|
5664 processing errors from that compilation.
|
|
|
5665
|
|
|
5666 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
|
|
|
5667 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
|
|
|
5668
|
|
|
5669 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
|
|
|
5670
|
|
|
5671 (autoload 'previous-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5672 Visit previous compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5673 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5674
|
|
|
5675 (autoload 'first-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5676 Reparse the error message buffer and start at the first error
|
|
|
5677 Visit corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5678 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5679
|
|
|
5680 ;;;***
|
|
|
5681
|
|
|
5682 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "packages/dabbrev.el")
|
|
|
5683
|
|
|
5684 (define-key global-map [(meta /)] 'dabbrev-expand)
|
|
|
5685
|
|
|
5686 (define-key global-map [(meta control /)] 'dabbrev-completion)
|
|
|
5687
|
|
|
5688 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5689 Completion on current word.
|
|
|
5690 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
|
|
|
5691 and presents suggestions for completion.
|
|
|
5692
|
|
|
5693 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
|
|
|
5694 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
|
|
|
5695 completions.
|
|
|
5696
|
|
|
5697 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
|
|
|
5698 then it searches *all* buffers.
|
|
|
5699
|
|
|
5700 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
|
|
|
5701 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
|
|
|
5702
|
|
|
5703 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5704 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
|
|
|
5705
|
|
|
5706 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
|
|
|
5707 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
|
|
|
5708 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
|
|
|
5709 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
|
|
|
5710 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
|
|
|
5711
|
|
|
5712 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
|
|
|
5713 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
|
|
|
5714
|
|
|
5715 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
|
|
|
5716 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
|
|
|
5717 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
|
|
|
5718
|
|
|
5719 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
|
|
|
5720 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
|
|
|
5721
|
|
|
5722 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
|
|
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 ;;;***
|
|
|
5725
|
|
|
5726 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff) "diff" "packages/diff.el")
|
|
|
5727
|
|
|
5728 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
|
|
|
5729 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
|
|
|
5730
|
|
|
5731 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
|
|
|
5732 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
|
|
|
5733 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
|
|
|
5734 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
|
|
|
5735 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
|
|
|
5736
|
|
|
5737 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
|
|
|
5738 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
|
|
|
5739 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
|
|
|
5740 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
|
|
|
5741 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
|
|
|
5742
|
|
|
5743 ;;;***
|
|
|
5744
|
|
|
5745 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-faces) "edit-faces" "packages/edit-faces.el")
|
|
|
5746
|
|
|
5747 (autoload 'edit-faces "edit-faces" "\
|
|
|
5748 Alter face characteristics by editing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
5749 Pops up a buffer containing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
5750
|
|
|
5751 Editing commands:
|
|
|
5752
|
|
|
5753 \\{edit-faces-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 ;;;***
|
|
|
5756
|
|
|
5757 ;;;### (autoloads (report-xemacs-bug) "emacsbug" "packages/emacsbug.el")
|
|
|
5758
|
|
|
5759 (autoload 'report-xemacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
|
|
|
5760 Report a bug in XEmacs.
|
|
|
5761 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
5762
|
|
|
5763 ;;;***
|
|
|
5764
|
|
|
5765 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" "packages/emerge.el")
|
|
|
5766
|
|
|
5767 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5768 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
|
|
|
5769
|
|
|
5770 (fset 'emerge 'emerge-files)
|
|
|
5771
|
|
|
5772 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5773 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5774
|
|
|
5775 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5776 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
5777
|
|
|
5778 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5779 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5780
|
|
|
5781 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5782
|
|
|
5783 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5784
|
|
|
5785 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5786
|
|
|
5787 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5788
|
|
|
5789 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5790 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
|
|
|
5791
|
|
|
5792 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5793 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5794
|
|
|
5795 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" nil t nil)
|
|
|
5796
|
|
|
5797 ;;;***
|
|
|
5798
|
|
|
5799 ;;;### (autoloads (tags-apropos list-tags tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file find-tag-other-window find-tag visit-tags-table) "etags" "packages/etags.el")
|
|
|
5800
|
|
|
5801 (defvar tags-build-completion-table 'ask "\
|
|
|
5802 *If this variable is nil, then tags completion is disabled.
|
|
|
5803 If this variable is t, then things which prompt for tags will do so with
|
|
|
5804 completion across all known tags.
|
|
|
5805 If this variable is the symbol `ask', then you will be asked whether each
|
|
|
5806 tags table should be added to the completion list as it is read in.
|
|
|
5807 (With the exception that for very small tags tables, you will not be asked,
|
|
|
5808 since they can be parsed quickly.)")
|
|
|
5809
|
|
|
5810 (defvar tags-always-exact nil "\
|
|
|
5811 *If this variable is non-nil, then tags always looks for exact matches.")
|
|
|
5812
|
|
|
5813 (defvar tag-table-alist nil "\
|
|
|
5814 *A list which determines which tags files should be active for a
|
|
|
5815 given buffer. This is not really an association list, in that all
|
|
|
5816 elements are checked. The CAR of each element of this list is a
|
|
|
5817 pattern against which the buffer's file name is compared; if it
|
|
|
5818 matches, then the CDR of the list should be the name of the tags
|
|
|
5819 table to use. If more than one element of this list matches the
|
|
|
5820 buffer's file name, then all of the associated tags tables will be
|
|
|
5821 used. Earlier ones will be searched first.
|
|
|
5822
|
|
|
5823 If the CAR of elements of this list are strings, then they are treated
|
|
|
5824 as regular-expressions against which the file is compared (like the
|
|
|
5825 auto-mode-alist). If they are not strings, then they are evaluated.
|
|
|
5826 If they evaluate to non-nil, then the current buffer is considered to
|
|
|
5827 match.
|
|
|
5828
|
|
|
5829 If the CDR of the elements of this list are strings, then they are
|
|
|
5830 assumed to name a TAGS file. If they name a directory, then the string
|
|
|
5831 \"TAGS\" is appended to them to get the file name. If they are not
|
|
|
5832 strings, then they are evaluated, and must return an appropriate string.
|
|
|
5833
|
|
|
5834 For example:
|
|
|
5835 (setq tag-table-alist
|
|
|
5836 '((\"/usr/src/public/perl/\" . \"/usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/\")
|
|
|
5837 (\"\\\\.el$\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")
|
|
|
5838 (\"/jbw/gnu/\" . \"/usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/\")
|
|
|
5839 (\"\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")
|
|
|
5840 ))
|
|
|
5841
|
|
|
5842 This means that anything in the /usr/src/public/perl/ directory should use
|
|
|
5843 the TAGS file /usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/TAGS; and file ending in .el should
|
|
|
5844 use the TAGS file /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS; and anything in or below the
|
|
|
5845 directory /jbw/gnu/ should use the TAGS file /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS.
|
|
|
5846 A file called something like \"/usr/jbw/foo.el\" would use both the TAGS files
|
|
|
5847 /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS and /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS (in that order)
|
|
|
5848 because it matches both patterns.
|
|
|
5849
|
|
|
5850 If the buffer-local variable `buffer-tag-table' is set, then it names a tags
|
|
|
5851 table that is searched before all others when find-tag is executed from this
|
|
|
5852 buffer.
|
|
|
5853
|
|
|
5854 If there is a file called \"TAGS\" in the same directory as the file in
|
|
|
5855 question, then that tags file will always be used as well (after the
|
|
|
5856 `buffer-tag-table' but before the tables specified by this list.)
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 If the variable tags-file-name is set, then the tags file it names will apply
|
|
|
5859 to all buffers (for backwards compatibility.) It is searched first.
|
|
|
5860 ")
|
|
|
5861
|
|
|
5862 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
|
|
|
5863 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE first.
|
|
|
5864 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
|
|
|
5865 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory." t nil)
|
|
|
5866
|
|
|
5867 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
|
|
|
5868 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
5869 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in
|
|
|
5870 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
5871 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
5872 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
5873 If called interactively with a numeric argument, searches for the next tag
|
|
|
5874 in the tag table that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
5875 If second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, uses another window to display
|
|
|
5876 the tag.
|
|
|
5877
|
|
|
5878 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
5879 and completion.
|
|
|
5880
|
|
|
5881 Variables of note:
|
|
|
5882
|
|
|
5883 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
5884 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
5885 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
5886 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
5887 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
5888 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
5889
|
|
|
5890 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
|
|
|
5891 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
5892 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in in another window
|
|
|
5893 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
5894 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
5895 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
5896 If second arg NEXT is non-nil (interactively, with prefix arg),
|
|
|
5897 searches for the next tag in the tag table
|
|
|
5898 that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
5899
|
|
|
5900 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
5901 and completion.
|
|
|
5902
|
|
|
5903 Variables of note:
|
|
|
5904
|
|
|
5905 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
5906 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
5907 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
5908 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
5909 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
5910 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
5911
|
|
|
5912 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
|
|
|
5913 Select next file among files in current tag table(s).
|
|
|
5914
|
|
|
5915 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
|
|
|
5916 beginning of the list of files in the (first) tags table. If the argument
|
|
|
5917 is neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
|
|
|
5918
|
|
|
5919 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
|
|
|
5920 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
|
|
|
5921
|
|
|
5922 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
|
|
|
5923 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
|
|
|
5924
|
|
|
5925 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
|
|
|
5926 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
|
|
|
5927 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
|
|
|
5928 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
|
|
|
5929 Two variables control the processing we do on each file:
|
|
|
5930 the value of `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file
|
|
|
5931 to see if it is interesting (it returns non-nil if so)
|
|
|
5932 and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to execute to operate on an interesting file
|
|
|
5933 If the latter returns non-nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
|
|
|
5934
|
|
|
5935 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
|
|
|
5936 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
|
|
|
5937 Stops when a match is found.
|
|
|
5938 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
5939
|
|
|
5940 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5941
|
|
|
5942 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
|
|
|
5943 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
|
|
|
5944 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
|
|
|
5945 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
|
|
|
5946 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
5947
|
|
|
5948 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5949
|
|
|
5950 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
|
|
|
5951 Display list of tags in file FILE.
|
|
|
5952 FILE should not contain a directory spec
|
|
|
5953 unless it has one in the tag table." t nil)
|
|
|
5954
|
|
|
5955 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
|
|
|
5956 Display list of all tags in tag table REGEXP matches." t nil)
|
|
|
5957
|
|
|
5958 ;;;***
|
|
|
5959
|
|
|
5960 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "packages/fast-lock.el")
|
|
|
5961
|
|
|
5962 (defvar fast-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
5963
|
|
|
5964 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
5965 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
|
|
|
5966 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
5967 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
|
|
|
5968
|
|
|
5969 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
|
|
|
5970
|
|
|
5971 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
|
|
|
5972 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
|
|
|
5973 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
|
|
|
5974
|
|
|
5975 Font Lock caches may be saved:
|
|
|
5976 - When you save the file's buffer.
|
|
|
5977 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
|
|
|
5978 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
|
|
|
5979 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
|
|
|
5980 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
|
|
|
5981
|
|
|
5982 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
|
|
|
5983
|
|
|
5984 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
|
|
|
5985 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
|
|
|
5986 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
|
|
|
5987 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
|
|
|
5988
|
|
|
5989 Use \\[fast-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
|
|
|
5990
|
|
|
5991 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
5992 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
5993
|
|
|
5994 (if (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
|
|
|
5995
|
|
|
5996 ;;;***
|
|
|
5997
|
|
|
5998 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "packages/feedmail.el")
|
|
|
5999
|
|
|
6000 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6001
|
|
|
6002 ;;;***
|
|
|
6003
|
|
|
6004 ;;;### (autoloads (make-file-part) "file-part" "packages/file-part.el")
|
|
|
6005
|
|
|
6006 (autoload 'make-file-part "file-part" "\
|
|
|
6007 Make a file part on buffer BUFFER out of the region. Call it NAME.
|
|
|
6008 This command creates a new buffer containing the contents of the
|
|
|
6009 region and marks the buffer as referring to the specified buffer,
|
|
|
6010 called the `master buffer'. When the file-part buffer is saved,
|
|
|
6011 its changes are integrated back into the master buffer. When the
|
|
|
6012 master buffer is deleted, all file parts are deleted with it.
|
|
|
6013
|
|
|
6014 When called from a function, expects four arguments, START, END,
|
|
|
6015 NAME, and BUFFER, all of which are optional and default to the
|
|
|
6016 beginning of BUFFER, the end of BUFFER, a name generated from
|
|
|
6017 BUFFER's name, and the current buffer, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
6018
|
|
|
6019 ;;;***
|
|
|
6020
|
|
|
6021 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer turn-off-font-lock turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "packages/font-lock.el")
|
|
|
6022
|
|
|
6023 (defvar font-lock-auto-fontify t "\
|
|
|
6024 *Whether font-lock should automatically fontify files as they're loaded.
|
|
|
6025 This will only happen if font-lock has fontifying keywords for the major
|
|
|
6026 mode of the file. You can get finer-grained control over auto-fontification
|
|
|
6027 by using this variable in combination with `font-lock-mode-enable-list' or
|
|
|
6028 `font-lock-mode-disable-list'.")
|
|
|
6029
|
|
|
6030 (defvar font-lock-mode-enable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6031 *List of modes to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is nil.")
|
|
|
6032
|
|
|
6033 (defvar font-lock-mode-disable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6034 *List of modes not to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is t.")
|
|
|
6035
|
|
|
6036 (defvar font-lock-use-colors '(color) "\
|
|
|
6037 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up color defaults.
|
|
|
6038 Normally this should be '(color), meaning that Font Lock will set up
|
|
|
6039 color defaults that are only used on color displays. Set this to nil
|
|
|
6040 if you don't want Font Lock to set up color defaults at all. This
|
|
|
6041 should be one of
|
|
|
6042
|
|
|
6043 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6044 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(color x))
|
|
|
6045 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6046 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6047 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6048 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6049
|
|
|
6050 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6051 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6052 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6053
|
|
|
6054 See also `font-lock-use-fonts'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6055 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6056 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6057
|
|
|
6058 (defvar font-lock-use-fonts '(or (mono) (grayscale)) "\
|
|
|
6059 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up non-color defaults.
|
|
|
6060
|
|
|
6061 Normally this should be '(or (mono) (grayscale)), meaning that Font
|
|
|
6062 Lock will set up non-color defaults that are only used on either mono
|
|
|
6063 or grayscale displays. Set this to nil if you don't want Font Lock to
|
|
|
6064 set up non-color defaults at all. This should be one of
|
|
|
6065
|
|
|
6066 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the non-color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6067 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(grayscale x))
|
|
|
6068 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6069 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6070 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6071 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6072
|
|
|
6073 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6074 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6075 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6076
|
|
|
6077 See also `font-lock-use-colors'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6078 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6079 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6080
|
|
|
6081 (defvar font-lock-maximum-decoration nil "\
|
|
|
6082 *If non-nil, the maximum decoration level for fontifying.
|
|
|
6083 If nil, use the minimum decoration (equivalent to level 0).
|
|
|
6084 If t, use the maximum decoration available.
|
|
|
6085 If a number, use that level of decoration (or if not available the maximum).
|
|
|
6086 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . LEVEL),
|
|
|
6087 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6088 ((c++-mode . 2) (c-mode . t) (t . 1))
|
|
|
6089 means use level 2 decoration for buffers in `c++-mode', the maximum decoration
|
|
|
6090 available for buffers in `c-mode', and level 1 decoration otherwise.")
|
|
|
6091
|
|
|
6092 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'font-lock-use-maximal-decoration 'font-lock-maximum-decoration)
|
|
|
6093
|
|
|
6094 (defvar font-lock-maximum-size (* 250 1024) "\
|
|
|
6095 *If non-nil, the maximum size for buffers for fontifying.
|
|
|
6096 Only buffers less than this can be fontified when Font Lock mode is turned on.
|
|
|
6097 If nil, means size is irrelevant.
|
|
|
6098 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SIZE),
|
|
|
6099 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6100 ((c++-mode . 256000) (c-mode . 256000) (rmail-mode . 1048576))
|
|
|
6101 means that the maximum size is 250K for buffers in `c++-mode' or `c-mode', one
|
|
|
6102 megabyte for buffers in `rmail-mode', and size is irrelevant otherwise.")
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 (defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
|
|
|
6105 *A list of the keywords to highlight.
|
|
|
6106 Each element should be of the form:
|
|
|
6107
|
|
|
6108 MATCHER
|
|
|
6109 (MATCHER . MATCH)
|
|
|
6110 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
|
|
|
6111 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
6112 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
|
6113
|
|
|
6114 where HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
|
|
|
6115
|
|
|
6116 For highlighting single items, typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
|
|
|
6117 However, if an item or (typically) items is to be hightlighted following the
|
|
|
6118 instance of another item (the anchor) then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
|
|
|
6119
|
|
|
6120 MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
|
|
|
6121
|
|
|
6122 (MATCH FACENAME OVERRIDE LAXMATCH)
|
|
|
6123
|
|
|
6124 Where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, or the function name to
|
|
|
6125 call to make the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search).
|
|
|
6126 MATCH is the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted. FACENAME is either
|
|
|
6127 a symbol naming a face, or an expression whose value is the face name to use.
|
|
|
6128 If you want FACENAME to be a symbol that evaluates to a face, use a form
|
|
|
6129 like \"(progn sym)\".
|
|
|
6130
|
|
|
6131 OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags. If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification may
|
|
|
6132 be overwritten. If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
|
|
|
6133 If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
|
|
|
6134 which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
|
|
|
6135 If LAXMATCH is non-nil, no error is signalled if there is no MATCH in MATCHER.
|
|
|
6136
|
|
|
6137 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6138
|
|
|
6139 \"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\" Discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
|
|
|
6140 variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6141 (\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1) Substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
|
|
|
6142 the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6143 (\"fubar\" . fubar-face) Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
|
|
|
6144 (\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
|
|
|
6145 Occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
|
|
|
6146 of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
|
|
|
6147
|
|
|
6148 MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
|
|
|
6149
|
|
|
6150 (MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
|
6151
|
|
|
6152 Where MATCHER is as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT with one exception. The limit of the
|
|
|
6153 search is currently guaranteed to be (no greater than) the end of the line.
|
|
|
6154 PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
|
|
|
6155 the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used. Therefore they can be
|
|
|
6156 used to initialise before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used. Typically,
|
|
|
6157 PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
|
|
|
6158 MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER. POST-MATCH-FORM might
|
|
|
6159 be used to move, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
|
|
|
6160
|
|
|
6161 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6162
|
|
|
6163 (\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
|
|
|
6164
|
|
|
6165 Discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
|
|
|
6166 discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
|
|
|
6167 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil. Therefore \"item\" is
|
|
|
6168 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
|
|
|
6169 searching for subsequent instance of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
|
|
|
6170 for \"item\" concluded.)
|
|
|
6171
|
|
|
6172 Note that the MATCH-ANCHORED feature is experimental; in the future, we may
|
|
|
6173 replace it with other ways of providing this functionality.
|
|
|
6174
|
|
|
6175 These regular expressions should not match text which spans lines. While
|
|
|
6176 \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] handles multi-line patterns correctly, updating
|
|
|
6177 when you edit the buffer does not, since it considers text one line at a time.
|
|
|
6178
|
|
|
6179 Be very careful composing regexps for this list;
|
|
|
6180 the wrong pattern can dramatically slow things down!")
|
|
|
6181
|
|
|
6182 (make-variable-buffer-local 'font-lock-keywords)
|
|
|
6183
|
|
|
6184 (defvar font-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
6185
|
|
|
6186 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
|
|
|
6187 Function or functions to run on entry to font-lock-mode.")
|
|
|
6188
|
|
|
6189 (autoload 'font-lock-mode "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6190 Toggle Font Lock Mode.
|
|
|
6191 With arg, turn font-lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
|
|
|
6194
|
|
|
6195 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
|
|
|
6196 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
|
|
|
6197 - Documentation strings (in Lisp-like languages) are displayed in
|
|
|
6198 `font-lock-doc-string-face';
|
|
|
6199 - Language keywords (\"reserved words\") are displayed in
|
|
|
6200 `font-lock-keyword-face';
|
|
|
6201 - Function names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6202 `font-lock-function-name-face';
|
|
|
6203 - Variable names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6204 `font-lock-variable-name-face';
|
|
|
6205 - Type names are displayed in `font-lock-type-face';
|
|
|
6206 - References appearing in help files and the like are displayed
|
|
|
6207 in `font-lock-reference-face';
|
|
|
6208 - Preprocessor declarations are displayed in
|
|
|
6209 `font-lock-preprocessor-face';
|
|
|
6210
|
|
|
6211 and
|
|
|
6212
|
|
|
6213 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according
|
|
|
6214 to the value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
|
|
|
6215
|
|
|
6216 Where modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
|
|
|
6217 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
|
|
|
6218 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
|
|
|
6219 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
|
|
|
6220 To fontify a buffer without turning on Font Lock mode, and regardless of buffer
|
|
|
6221 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
|
|
|
6222
|
|
|
6223 See the variable `font-lock-keywords' for customization." t nil)
|
|
|
6224
|
|
|
6225 (autoload 'turn-on-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6226 Unconditionally turn on Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6227
|
|
|
6228 (autoload 'turn-off-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6229 Unconditionally turn off Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6230
|
|
|
6231 (autoload 'font-lock-fontify-buffer "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6232 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would.
|
|
|
6233 See `font-lock-mode' for details.
|
|
|
6234
|
|
|
6235 This can take a while for large buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6236
|
|
|
6237 (add-minor-mode 'font-lock-mode " Font")
|
|
|
6238
|
|
|
6239 ;;;***
|
|
|
6240
|
|
|
6241 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-mode) "generic-sc" "packages/generic-sc.el")
|
|
|
6242
|
|
|
6243 (autoload 'sc-mode "generic-sc" "\
|
|
|
6244 Toggle sc-mode.
|
|
|
6245 SYSTEM can be sccs, rcs or cvs.
|
|
|
6246 Cvs requires the pcl-cvs package.
|
|
|
6247
|
|
|
6248 The following commands are available
|
|
|
6249 \\[sc-next-operation] perform next logical source control operation on current file
|
|
|
6250 \\[sc-show-changes] compare the version being edited with an older one
|
|
|
6251 \\[sc-version-diff-file] compare two older versions of a file
|
|
|
6252 \\[sc-show-history] display change history of current file
|
|
|
6253 \\[sc-visit-previous-revision] display an older revision of current file
|
|
|
6254 \\[sc-revert-file] revert buffer to last checked-in version
|
|
|
6255 \\[sc-list-all-locked-files] show all files locked in current directory
|
|
|
6256 \\[sc-list-locked-files] show all files locked by you in current directory
|
|
|
6257 \\[sc-list-registered-files] show all files under source control in current directory
|
|
|
6258 \\[sc-update-directory] get fresh copies of files checked-in by others in current directory
|
|
|
6259 \\[sc-rename-file] rename the current file and its source control file
|
|
|
6260
|
|
|
6261
|
|
|
6262 While you are entering a change log message for a check in, sc-log-entry-mode
|
|
|
6263 will be in effect.
|
|
|
6264
|
|
|
6265 Global user options:
|
|
|
6266 sc-diff-command A list consisting of the command and flags
|
|
|
6267 to be used for generating context diffs.
|
|
|
6268 sc-mode-expert suppresses some conformation prompts,
|
|
|
6269 notably for delta aborts and file saves.
|
|
|
6270 sc-max-log-size specifies the maximum allowable size
|
|
|
6271 of a log message plus one.
|
|
|
6272
|
|
|
6273
|
|
|
6274 When using SCCS you have additional commands and options
|
|
|
6275
|
|
|
6276 \\[sccs-insert-headers] insert source control headers in current file
|
|
|
6277
|
|
|
6278 When you generate headers into a buffer using \\[sccs-insert-headers],
|
|
|
6279 the value of sc-insert-headers-hook is called before insertion. If the
|
|
|
6280 file is recognized a C or Lisp source, sc-insert-c-header-hook or
|
|
|
6281 sc-insert-lisp-header-hook is called after insertion respectively.
|
|
|
6282
|
|
|
6283 sccs-headers-wanted which %-keywords to insert when adding
|
|
|
6284 headers with C-c h
|
|
|
6285 sccs-insert-static if non-nil, keywords inserted in C files
|
|
|
6286 get stuffed in a static string area so that
|
|
|
6287 what(1) can see them in the compiled object code.
|
|
|
6288
|
|
|
6289 When using CVS you have additional commands
|
|
|
6290
|
|
|
6291 \\[sc-cvs-update-directory] update the current directory using pcl-cvs
|
|
|
6292 \\[sc-cvs-file-status] show the CVS status of current file
|
|
|
6293 " t nil)
|
|
|
6294
|
|
|
6295 ;;;***
|
|
|
6296
|
|
|
6297 ;;;### (autoloads (gnuserv-start) "gnuserv" "packages/gnuserv.el")
|
|
|
6298
|
|
|
6299 (defvar gnuserv-frame nil "\
|
|
|
6300 *If non-nil, the frame to be used to display all edited files.
|
|
|
6301 If nil, then a new frame is created for each file edited.
|
|
|
6302 This variable has no effect in XEmacs versions older than 19.9.")
|
|
|
6303
|
|
|
6304 (autoload 'gnuserv-start "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6305 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
|
|
|
6306 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
|
|
|
6307 client \"editors\" (gnuclient and gnudoit) can send editing commands to
|
|
|
6308 this Emacs job. See the gnuserv(1) manual page for more details.
|
|
|
6309
|
|
|
6310 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
|
|
|
6311
|
|
|
6312 ;;;***
|
|
|
6313
|
|
|
6314 ;;;### (autoloads (gopher-atpoint gopher) "gopher" "packages/gopher.el")
|
|
|
6315
|
|
|
6316 (autoload 'gopher "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6317 Start a gopher session. With C-u, prompt for a gopher server." t nil)
|
|
|
6318
|
|
|
6319 (autoload 'gopher-atpoint "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6320 Try to interpret the text around point as a gopher bookmark, and dispatch
|
|
|
6321 to that object." t nil)
|
|
|
6322
|
|
|
6323 ;;;***
|
|
|
6324
|
|
|
6325 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" "packages/hexl.el")
|
|
|
6326
|
|
|
6327 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6328 \\<hexl-mode-map>
|
|
|
6329 A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
|
|
|
6330
|
|
|
6331 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
|
|
|
6332 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
|
|
|
6333
|
|
|
6334 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
|
|
|
6335 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
|
|
|
6336 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6337 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
|
|
|
6338
|
|
|
6339 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
|
|
|
6340 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
|
|
|
6341 periods.
|
|
|
6342
|
|
|
6343 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
|
|
|
6344 in hexl format.
|
|
|
6345
|
|
|
6346 A sample format:
|
|
|
6347
|
|
|
6348 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
|
|
|
6349 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
|
|
|
6350 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
|
|
|
6351 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
|
|
|
6352 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
|
|
|
6353 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6354 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
|
|
|
6355 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
|
|
|
6356 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
|
|
|
6357 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
|
|
|
6358 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
|
|
|
6359 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
|
|
|
6360 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
|
|
|
6361 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
|
|
|
6362 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
|
|
|
6363
|
|
|
6364 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
|
|
|
6365 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
|
|
|
6366 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
|
|
|
6367
|
|
|
6368 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
|
|
|
6369 also supported.
|
|
|
6370
|
|
|
6371 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
|
|
|
6372
|
|
|
6373 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
|
|
|
6374 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
|
|
|
6375 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
|
|
|
6376
|
|
|
6377 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
|
|
|
6378 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
|
|
|
6379 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
|
|
|
6380
|
|
|
6381 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
|
|
|
6382 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6383
|
|
|
6384 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
|
|
|
6385 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6386
|
|
|
6387 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
|
|
|
6388 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6389
|
|
|
6390 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6391
|
|
|
6392 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
|
|
|
6393 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
|
|
|
6394
|
|
|
6395 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6396
|
|
|
6397 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
|
|
|
6398
|
|
|
6399 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6400 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6401 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
|
|
|
6402
|
|
|
6403 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6404 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
|
|
|
6405 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
|
|
|
6406
|
|
|
6407 ;;;***
|
|
|
6408
|
|
|
6409 ;;;### (autoloads (hypropos-popup-menu hypropos-set-variable hyper-describe-function hyper-describe-variable hyper-apropos) "hyper-apropos" "packages/hyper-apropos.el")
|
|
|
6410
|
|
|
6411 (defvar hypropos-show-brief-docs t "\
|
|
|
6412 *If non-nil, `hyper-apropos' will display some documentation in the
|
|
|
6413 \"*Hyper Apropos*\" buffer. Setting this to nil will speed up searches.")
|
|
|
6414
|
|
|
6415 (autoload 'hyper-apropos "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6416 Display lists of functions and variables matching REGEXP
|
|
|
6417 in buffer \"*Hyper Apropos*\". If optional prefix arg is given, then the value
|
|
|
6418 of `hypropos-programming-apropos' is toggled for this search.
|
|
|
6419 See also `hyper-apropos-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
6420
|
|
|
6421 (autoload 'hyper-describe-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6422 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6423 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6424
|
|
|
6425 (autoload 'hyper-describe-function "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6426 Hypertext replacement for `describe-function'. Unlike `describe-function'
|
|
|
6427 in that the symbol under the cursor is the default if it is a function.
|
|
|
6428 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-variable'." t nil)
|
|
|
6429
|
|
|
6430 (autoload 'hypropos-set-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6431 Interactively set the variable on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6432
|
|
|
6433 (autoload 'hypropos-popup-menu "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6434
|
|
|
6435 ;;;***
|
|
|
6436
|
|
|
6437 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "packages/icomplete.el")
|
|
|
6438
|
|
|
6439 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6440 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this emacs session,
|
|
|
6441 or deactivate with negative prefix arg." t nil)
|
|
|
6442
|
|
|
6443 (autoload 'icomplete-minibuffer-setup "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6444 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
|
|
|
6445 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6446
|
|
|
6447 ;;;***
|
|
|
6448
|
|
|
6449 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-elisp-ref Info-emacs-key Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-emacs-command Info-search Info-visit-file Info-goto-node Info-query info) "info" "packages/info.el")
|
|
|
6450
|
|
|
6451 (autoload 'info "info" "\
|
|
|
6452 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
|
|
|
6453 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
|
|
|
6454 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
|
|
|
6455
|
|
|
6456 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
|
|
|
6457 to read a file name from the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6458
|
|
|
6459 (autoload 'Info-query "info" "\
|
|
|
6460 Enter Info, the documentation browser. Prompt for name of Info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6461
|
|
|
6462 (autoload 'Info-goto-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6463 Go to info node named NAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
|
|
|
6464 Actually, the following interpretations of NAME are tried in order:
|
|
|
6465 (FILENAME)NODENAME
|
|
|
6466 (FILENAME) (using Top node)
|
|
|
6467 NODENAME (in current file)
|
|
|
6468 TAGNAME (see below)
|
|
|
6469 FILENAME (using Top node)
|
|
|
6470 where TAGNAME is a string that appears in quotes: \"TAGNAME\", in an
|
|
|
6471 annotation for any node of any file. (See `a' and `x' commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
6472
|
|
|
6473 (autoload 'Info-visit-file "info" "\
|
|
|
6474 Directly visit an info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6475
|
|
|
6476 (autoload 'Info-search "info" "\
|
|
|
6477 Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." t nil)
|
|
|
6478
|
|
|
6479 (autoload 'Info-emacs-command "info" "\
|
|
|
6480 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6481 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6482
|
|
|
6483 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6484 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6485 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6486
|
|
|
6487 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6488 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6489 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6490
|
|
|
6491 (autoload 'Info-emacs-key "info" "\
|
|
|
6492 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6493 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6494
|
|
|
6495 (autoload 'Info-elisp-ref "info" "\
|
|
|
6496 Look up an Emacs Lisp function in the Elisp manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6497 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6498
|
|
|
6499 ;;;***
|
|
|
6500
|
|
|
6501 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) "informat" "packages/informat.el")
|
|
|
6502
|
|
|
6503 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
|
|
|
6504 Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6505
|
|
|
6506 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
|
|
|
6507 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
|
|
|
6508 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
|
|
|
6509
|
|
|
6510 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
|
|
|
6511 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
|
|
|
6512 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
|
|
|
6513
|
|
|
6514 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
|
|
|
6515 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
|
|
|
6516 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
|
|
|
6517 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
|
|
|
6518
|
|
|
6519 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6520 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
|
|
|
6521 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
|
|
|
6522
|
|
|
6523 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6524 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
6525 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
6526 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
6527 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
6528
|
|
|
6529 ;;;***
|
|
|
6530
|
|
|
6531 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-word) "ispell" "packages/ispell.el")
|
|
|
6532
|
|
|
6533 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
|
|
|
6534 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
|
|
|
6535 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
|
|
|
6536 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
|
|
|
6537
|
|
|
6538 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex") ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[^a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1") ("nederlands" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil)))
|
|
|
6539
|
|
|
6540 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("svenska" "[A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[^A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil) ("svenska8" "[A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[^A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "svenska") "~list") ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil) ("francais" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[---']" t nil "~list") ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex") ("dansk" "[A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "[^A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "" nil ("-C") nil)))
|
|
|
6541
|
|
|
6542 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2) "\
|
|
|
6543 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
|
|
|
6544
|
|
|
6545 Each element of this list is also a list:
|
|
|
6546
|
|
|
6547 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
|
|
|
6548 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE)
|
|
|
6549
|
|
|
6550 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible value of variable `ispell-dictionary', nil
|
|
|
6551 means the default dictionary.
|
|
|
6552
|
|
|
6553 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
|
|
|
6554 word.
|
|
|
6555
|
|
|
6556 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
|
|
|
6557
|
|
|
6558 OTHERCHARS is a regular expression of other characters that are valid
|
|
|
6559 in word constructs. Otherchars cannot be adjacent to each other in a
|
|
|
6560 word, nor can they begin or end a word. This implies we can't check
|
|
|
6561 \"Stevens'\" as a correct possessive and other correct formations.
|
|
|
6562
|
|
|
6563 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
|
|
|
6564
|
|
|
6565 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil if many otherchars are to be allowed in a
|
|
|
6566 word instead of only one.
|
|
|
6567
|
|
|
6568 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
|
|
|
6569 subprocess.
|
|
|
6570
|
|
|
6571 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
|
|
|
6572 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
|
|
|
6573 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
|
|
|
6574 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
|
|
|
6575 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
|
|
|
6576 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
|
|
|
6577 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
|
|
|
6578 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
|
|
|
6579
|
|
|
6580 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
|
|
|
6581 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
|
|
|
6582 language.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
|
|
|
6583
|
|
|
6584 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
|
|
|
6585 Key map for ispell menu")
|
|
|
6586
|
|
|
6587 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
|
|
|
6588 Spelling menu for XEmacs.")
|
|
|
6589
|
|
|
6590 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (string-lessp "19" emacs-version) (not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version))))
|
|
|
6591
|
|
|
6592 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list 'lambda nil '(interactive) (list 'ispell-change-dictionary name))))))))
|
|
|
6593
|
|
|
6594 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))
|
|
|
6595
|
|
|
6596 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '("Continue Check" . ispell-continue)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '("Check Word" . ispell-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '("Check Region" . ispell-region)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))
|
|
|
6597
|
|
|
6598 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '("Check Message" . ispell-message)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help))) (put 'ispell-region 'menu-enable 'mark-active) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
|
|
|
6599
|
|
|
6600 (defvar ispell-local-pdict ispell-personal-dictionary "\
|
|
|
6601 A buffer local variable containing the current personal dictionary.
|
|
|
6602 If non-nil, the value must be a string, which is a file name.
|
|
|
6603
|
|
|
6604 If you specify a personal dictionary for the current buffer which is
|
|
|
6605 different from the current personal dictionary, the effect is similar
|
|
|
6606 to calling \\[ispell-change-dictionary]. This variable is automatically
|
|
|
6607 set when defined in the file with either `ispell-pdict-keyword' or the
|
|
|
6608 local variable syntax.")
|
|
|
6609
|
|
|
6610 (define-key global-map [(meta 36)] 'ispell-word)
|
|
|
6611
|
|
|
6612 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6613 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
|
|
|
6614 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
|
|
|
6615 in a window allowing you to choose one.
|
|
|
6616
|
|
|
6617 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
|
|
|
6618 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
|
|
|
6619
|
|
|
6620 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
|
|
|
6621 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
|
|
|
6622 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
|
|
|
6623 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
|
|
|
6624 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
|
|
|
6625
|
|
|
6626 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
|
|
|
6627
|
|
|
6628 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
|
|
|
6629 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
|
|
|
6630
|
|
|
6631 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6632 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
|
|
|
6633
|
|
|
6634 Selections are:
|
|
|
6635
|
|
|
6636 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
|
|
|
6637 SPC: Accept word this time.
|
|
|
6638 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
|
|
|
6639 `a': Accept word for this session.
|
|
|
6640 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
|
|
|
6641 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6642 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6643 `?': Show these commands.
|
|
|
6644 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
|
|
|
6645 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
|
|
|
6646 the aborted check to be completed later.
|
|
|
6647 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
|
|
|
6648 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
|
|
|
6649 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
|
|
|
6650 `m': Like `i', but allows one to include dictionary completion information.
|
|
|
6651 `C-l': redraws screen
|
|
|
6652 `C-r': recursive edit
|
|
|
6653 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
|
|
|
6654
|
|
|
6655 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6656 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
|
|
|
6657 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
|
|
|
6658
|
|
|
6659 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6660 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) and kill old Ispell process.
|
|
|
6661 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
|
|
|
6662
|
|
|
6663 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
|
|
|
6664
|
|
|
6665 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
|
|
|
6666
|
|
|
6667 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6668 Interactively check a region for spelling errors." t nil)
|
|
|
6669
|
|
|
6670 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6671 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
6672
|
|
|
6673 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6674
|
|
|
6675 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6676 Look up word before or under point in dictionary (see lookup-words command)
|
|
|
6677 and try to complete it. If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word
|
|
|
6678 may be a character sequence inside of a word.
|
|
|
6679
|
|
|
6680 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
|
|
|
6681
|
|
|
6682 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6683 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
|
|
|
6684
|
|
|
6685 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6686 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
|
|
|
6687 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
|
|
|
6688
|
|
|
6689 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
|
|
|
6690 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled." t nil)
|
|
|
6691
|
|
|
6692 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6693 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
|
|
|
6694 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
|
|
|
6695 Don't check included messages.
|
|
|
6696
|
|
|
6697 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
|
|
|
6698 use the `x' or `q' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
|
|
|
6699 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
|
|
|
6700
|
|
|
6701 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
|
|
|
6702 in your .emacs file:
|
|
|
6703 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6704 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6705 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6706
|
|
|
6707 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
|
|
|
6708 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
|
|
|
6709 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
|
|
|
6710
|
|
|
6711 ;;;***
|
|
|
6712
|
|
|
6713 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-install toggle-auto-compression jka-compr-load) "jka-compr" "packages/jka-compr.el")
|
|
|
6714
|
|
|
6715 (autoload 'jka-compr-load "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6716 Documented as original." nil nil)
|
|
|
6717
|
|
|
6718 (autoload 'toggle-auto-compression "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6719 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
|
|
|
6720 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
|
|
|
6721 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
|
|
|
6722 If the argument MESSAGE is non-nil, it means to print a message
|
|
|
6723 saying whether the mode is now on or off." t nil)
|
|
|
6724
|
|
|
6725 (autoload 'jka-compr-install "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6726 Install jka-compr.
|
|
|
6727 This adds entries to `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
|
|
|
6728 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6729
|
|
|
6730 ;;;***
|
|
|
6731
|
|
|
6732 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "packages/lazy-lock.el")
|
|
|
6733
|
|
|
6734 (defvar lazy-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
6735
|
|
|
6736 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
6737 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
|
|
|
6738 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6739 is at least `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters long.
|
|
|
6740
|
|
|
6741 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification is demand-driven and stealthy:
|
|
|
6742
|
|
|
6743 - Fontification occurs in visible parts of buffers when necessary.
|
|
|
6744 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-continuity-time'.
|
|
|
6745
|
|
|
6746 - Fontification occurs in invisible parts when Emacs has been idle.
|
|
|
6747 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-stealth-time'.
|
|
|
6748
|
|
|
6749 If `lazy-lock-hide-invisible' is non-nil, text is not displayed until it is
|
|
|
6750 fontified, otherwise it is displayed in `lazy-lock-invisible-foreground'.
|
|
|
6751
|
|
|
6752 See also variables `lazy-lock-walk-windows' and `lazy-lock-ignore-commands' for
|
|
|
6753 window (scroll) fontification, and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines',
|
|
|
6754 `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose' for stealth
|
|
|
6755 fontification.
|
|
|
6756
|
|
|
6757 Use \\[lazy-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
|
|
|
6758
|
|
|
6759 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
6760 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6761
|
|
|
6762 (add-minor-mode 'lazy-lock-mode " Lazy")
|
|
|
6763
|
|
|
6764 ;;;***
|
|
|
6765
|
|
|
6766 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "packages/ledit.el")
|
|
|
6767
|
|
|
6768 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
|
|
|
6769 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
|
|
|
6770
|
|
|
6771 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
|
|
|
6772 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
|
|
|
6773
|
|
|
6774 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
|
|
|
6775 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
|
|
|
6776
|
|
|
6777 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
|
|
|
6778 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
|
|
|
6779 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
|
|
|
6780 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
|
|
|
6781 for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
6782 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
6783 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
6784 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
|
|
|
6785 and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
6786 \\{ledit-mode-map}
|
|
|
6787 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
|
|
|
6788 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
|
|
|
6789
|
|
|
6790 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6791
|
|
|
6792 ;;;***
|
|
|
6793
|
|
|
6794 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer) "lpr" "packages/lpr.el")
|
|
|
6795
|
|
|
6796 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
|
|
|
6797 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
|
|
|
6798 See `lpr-command'.")
|
|
|
6799
|
|
|
6800 (defvar lpr-command (if (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)) "lp" "lpr") "\
|
|
|
6801 *Name of program for printing a file.")
|
|
|
6802
|
|
|
6803 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6804 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
6805 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6806
|
|
|
6807 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6808 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
6809 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6810
|
|
|
6811 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6812 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
6813 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6814
|
|
|
6815 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6816 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
6817 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6818
|
|
|
6819 ;;;***
|
|
|
6820
|
|
|
6821 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "packages/makesum.el")
|
|
|
6822
|
|
|
6823 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
|
|
|
6824 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
|
|
|
6825 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
|
|
|
6826
|
|
|
6827 ;;;***
|
|
|
6828
|
|
|
6829 ;;;### (autoloads (manual-entry) "man" "packages/man.el")
|
|
|
6830
|
|
|
6831 (autoload 'manual-entry "man" "\
|
|
|
6832 Display the Unix manual entry (or entries) for TOPIC.
|
|
|
6833 If prefix arg is given, modify the search according to the value:
|
|
|
6834 2 = complement default exact matching of the TOPIC name;
|
|
|
6835 exact matching default is specified by `Manual-match-topic-exactly'
|
|
|
6836 3 = force a search of the unformatted man directories
|
|
|
6837 4 = both 2 and 3
|
|
|
6838 The manual entries are searched according to the variable
|
|
|
6839 Manual-directory-list, which should be a list of directories. If
|
|
|
6840 Manual-directory-list is nil, \\[Manual-directory-list-init] is
|
|
|
6841 invoked to create this list from the MANPATH environment variable.
|
|
|
6842 See the variable Manual-topic-buffer which controls how the buffer
|
|
|
6843 is named. See also the variables Manual-match-topic-exactly,
|
|
|
6844 Manual-query-multiple-pages, and Manual-buffer-view-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
6845
|
|
|
6846 ;;;***
|
|
|
6847
|
|
|
6848 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "packages/metamail.el")
|
|
|
6849
|
|
|
6850 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
|
|
|
6851 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
6852 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
6853
|
|
|
6854 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
|
|
|
6855 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
6856 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
6857 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
6858 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
6859 redisplayed as output is inserted.
|
|
|
6860 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
6861
|
|
|
6862 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
|
|
|
6863 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
|
|
|
6864 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
6865 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
6866 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
6867 means current).
|
|
|
6868 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
6869 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
6870
|
|
|
6871 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
|
|
|
6872 Process current region through 'metamail'.
|
|
|
6873 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
6874 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
6875 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
6876 means current).
|
|
|
6877 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
6878 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
6879
|
|
|
6880 ;;;***
|
|
|
6881
|
|
|
6882 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-paren paren-set-mode) "paren" "packages/paren.el")
|
|
|
6883
|
|
|
6884 (defvar paren-mode nil "\
|
|
|
6885 *Sets the style of parenthesis highlighting.
|
|
|
6886 Valid values are nil, `blink-paren', `paren', and `sexp'.
|
|
|
6887 nil no parenthesis highlighting.
|
|
|
6888 blink-paren causes the matching paren to blink.
|
|
|
6889 paren causes the matching paren to be highlighted but not to blink.
|
|
|
6890 sexp whole expression enclosed by the local paren at its mate.
|
|
|
6891 nested (not yet implemented) use variable shading to see the
|
|
|
6892 nesting of an expression. Also groks regular expressions
|
|
|
6893 and shell quoting.
|
|
|
6894
|
|
|
6895 This variable is global by default, but you can make it buffer-local and
|
|
|
6896 highlight parentheses differrently in different major modes.")
|
|
|
6897
|
|
|
6898 (autoload 'paren-set-mode "paren" "\
|
|
|
6899 Cycles through possible values for `paren-mode', force off with negative arg.
|
|
|
6900 When called from lisp, a symbolic value for `paren-mode' can be pased directly.
|
|
|
6901 See also `paren-mode' and `paren-highlight'." t nil)
|
|
|
6902
|
|
|
6903 (make-obsolete 'blink-paren 'paren-set-mode)
|
|
|
6904
|
|
|
6905 (autoload 'blink-paren "paren" "\
|
|
|
6906 Obsolete. Use `paren-set-mode' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
6907
|
|
|
6908 ;;;***
|
|
|
6909
|
|
|
6910 ;;;### (autoloads (pending-delete pending-delete-off pending-delete-on) "pending-del" "packages/pending-del.el")
|
|
|
6911
|
|
|
6912 (autoload 'pending-delete-on "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
6913 Turn on pending delete.
|
|
|
6914 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
6915 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
6916
|
|
|
6917 (autoload 'pending-delete-off "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
6918 Turn off pending delete.
|
|
|
6919 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
6920 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
6921
|
|
|
6922 (autoload 'pending-delete "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
6923 Toggle automatic deletion of the selected region.
|
|
|
6924 With a positive argument, turns it on.
|
|
|
6925 With a non-positive argument, turns it off.
|
|
|
6926 When active, typed text replaces the selection." t nil)
|
|
|
6927
|
|
|
6928 ;;;***
|
|
|
6929
|
|
16
|
6930 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "packages/ps-print.el")
|
|
|
6931
|
|
|
6932 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
|
|
|
6933 *Specifies the size of paper to format for.
|
|
|
6934 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
|
|
|
6935 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
|
|
|
6936
|
|
|
6937 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
|
|
12
|
6938 *If non-nil, print the buffer's text in color.")
|
|
|
6939
|
|
|
6940 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
6941 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
6942
|
|
|
6943 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
|
|
|
6944 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
|
|
|
6945 it to the printer.
|
|
|
6946
|
|
|
6947 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
6948 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
6949 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
6950 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
6951
|
|
|
6952 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
6953 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
6954 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
6955 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
6956 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
6957
|
|
|
6958 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
6959 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
6960 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
|
|
|
6961
|
|
|
6962 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
6963 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
6964 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
6965 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
6966 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
6967
|
|
|
6968 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
6969 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
6970 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
|
|
|
6971 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
|
|
|
6972
|
|
|
6973 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
6974
|
|
|
6975 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
6976 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
6977 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
6978 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
6979 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
6980
|
|
|
6981 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
6982
|
|
|
6983 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
6984 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
6985 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
|
|
|
6986
|
|
|
6987 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
6988
|
|
|
6989 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
6990 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
6991 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
6992 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
6993 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
6994
|
|
|
6995 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
6996
|
|
|
6997 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
6998 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
|
|
|
6999
|
|
|
7000 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompt the user for
|
|
|
7001 the name of a file to save the spooled PostScript in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7002 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7003
|
|
|
7004 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7005 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7006 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7007 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7008
|
|
16
|
7009 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7010 *Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
|
|
|
7011 using the current ps-print setup.
|
|
|
7012 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
|
|
|
7013 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
|
|
|
7014
|
|
|
7015 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7016 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
|
7017 of pages the current buffer would require to print
|
|
|
7018 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7019
|
|
|
7020 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7021 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
|
7022 of pages the current region would require to print
|
|
|
7023 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7024
|
|
|
7025 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7026 *Return the current setup" nil nil)
|
|
|
7027
|
|
12
|
7028 ;;;***
|
|
|
7029
|
|
|
7030 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "packages/rcompile.el")
|
|
|
7031
|
|
|
7032 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
|
|
|
7033 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
|
|
|
7034 See \\[compile]." t nil)
|
|
|
7035
|
|
|
7036 ;;;***
|
|
|
7037
|
|
|
7038 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "packages/resume.el")
|
|
|
7039
|
|
|
7040 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
|
|
|
7041 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
|
|
|
7042
|
|
|
7043 ;;;***
|
|
|
7044
|
|
|
7045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "packages/server.el")
|
|
|
7046
|
|
|
7047 (make-obsolete 'server-start 'gnuserv-start)
|
|
|
7048
|
|
|
7049 ;;;***
|
|
|
7050
|
|
|
7051 ;;;### (autoloads (install-shell-fonts) "shell-font" "packages/shell-font.el")
|
|
|
7052
|
|
|
7053 (autoload 'install-shell-fonts "shell-font" "\
|
|
|
7054 Decorate the current interaction buffer with fonts.
|
|
|
7055 This uses the faces called `shell-prompt', `shell-input' and `shell-output';
|
|
|
7056 you can alter the graphical attributes of those with the normal
|
|
|
7057 face-manipulation functions." nil nil)
|
|
|
7058
|
|
|
7059 ;;;***
|
|
|
7060
|
|
|
7061 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) "spell" "packages/spell.el")
|
|
|
7062
|
|
|
7063 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
7064
|
|
|
7065 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
|
|
|
7066 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
|
|
|
7067 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7068 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
|
|
|
7069 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
|
|
|
7070 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
|
|
|
7071
|
|
|
7072 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
|
|
|
7073 Check spelling of word at or before point.
|
|
|
7074 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7075 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
|
|
|
7076
|
|
|
7077 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
|
|
|
7078 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
|
|
|
7079 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
|
|
|
7080 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
|
|
|
7081 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
|
|
|
7082
|
|
|
7083 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
|
|
|
7084 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
|
|
|
7085
|
|
|
7086 ;;;***
|
|
|
7087
|
|
|
7088 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "packages/tar-mode.el")
|
|
|
7089
|
|
|
7090 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
|
|
|
7091 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
|
|
|
7092 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
7093 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
7094 Type 'e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer.
|
|
|
7095 Type 'c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
|
|
|
7096
|
|
|
7097 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the 'e' command) and
|
|
|
7098 save it with Control-X Control-S, the contents of that buffer will be
|
|
|
7099 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
|
|
|
7100 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
|
|
|
7101
|
|
|
7102 See also: variables tar-update-datestamp and tar-anal-blocksize.
|
|
|
7103 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
7104
|
|
|
7105 ;;;***
|
|
|
7106
|
|
|
7107 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "packages/terminal.el")
|
|
|
7108
|
|
|
7109 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
|
|
|
7110 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
|
|
|
7111 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
|
|
|
7112 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
|
|
|
7113 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
|
|
|
7114 program an keyboard input.
|
|
|
7115
|
|
|
7116 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
|
|
|
7117 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
|
|
|
7118 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
|
|
|
7119 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
|
|
|
7120
|
|
|
7121 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
|
|
|
7122 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
|
|
|
7123 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
|
|
|
7124 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
|
|
|
7125 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
|
|
|
7126
|
|
|
7127 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
|
|
|
7128
|
|
|
7129 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
|
|
|
7130 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
|
|
|
7131 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
|
|
|
7132 terminal-redisplay-interval.
|
|
|
7133
|
|
|
7134 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
|
|
|
7135 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
|
|
|
7136 subprocess started.
|
|
|
7137
|
|
|
7138 Presently with `termcap' only; if somebody sends us code to make this
|
|
|
7139 work with `terminfo' we will try to use it." t nil)
|
|
|
7140
|
|
|
7141 ;;;***
|
|
|
7142
|
|
|
7143 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-texinfo-format texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "packages/texinfmt.el")
|
|
|
7144
|
|
|
7145 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7146 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
|
|
|
7147 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
|
|
|
7148 names specified in the @setfilename command.
|
|
|
7149
|
|
|
7150 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
|
|
|
7151 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
|
|
|
7152 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
|
|
|
7153
|
|
|
7154 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7155 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
|
|
|
7156 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
|
|
|
7157 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
|
|
|
7158 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7159
|
|
|
7160 (autoload 'batch-texinfo-format "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7161 Runs texinfo-format-buffer on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
7162 Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion.
|
|
|
7163 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
7164 For example, invoke
|
|
|
7165 \"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
7166
|
|
|
7167 ;;;***
|
|
|
7168
|
|
|
7169 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "packages/texnfo-upd.el")
|
|
|
7170
|
|
|
7171 (autoload 'texinfo-update-node "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7172 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7173 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7174 marked region.
|
|
|
7175
|
|
|
7176 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
|
|
|
7177 keybindings, are:
|
|
|
7178
|
|
|
7179 texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
7180 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
7181 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
|
|
|
7182
|
|
|
7183 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
7184 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
7185 texinfo-master-menu ()
|
|
|
7186
|
|
|
7187 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
7188
|
|
|
7189 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
7190 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
|
|
|
7191
|
|
|
7192 (autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7193 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
|
|
|
7194
|
|
|
7195 (autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7196 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
|
|
|
7197
|
|
|
7198 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
|
|
|
7199 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
|
|
|
7200 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
|
|
|
7201 `p' takes you straight through the file.
|
|
|
7202
|
|
|
7203 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7204 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7205 marked region.
|
|
|
7206
|
|
|
7207 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
|
|
|
7208 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
|
|
|
7209 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
|
|
|
7210 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
|
|
|
7211
|
|
|
7212 ;;;***
|
|
|
7213
|
|
|
7214 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" "packages/time-stamp.el")
|
|
|
7215
|
|
|
7216 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7217 Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
|
|
|
7218 If you put a time stamp template anywhere in the first 8 lines of a file,
|
|
|
7219 it can be updated every time you save the file. See the top of
|
|
|
7220 `time-stamp.el' for a sample. The template looks like one of the following:
|
|
|
7221 Time-stamp: <>
|
|
|
7222 Time-stamp: \" \"
|
|
|
7223 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes, resulting in
|
|
|
7224 Time-stamp: <95/01/18 10:20:51 gildea>
|
|
|
7225 Only does its thing if the variable time-stamp-active is non-nil.
|
|
|
7226 Typically used on write-file-hooks for automatic time-stamping.
|
|
|
7227 The format of the time stamp is determined by the variable time-stamp-format.
|
|
|
7228 The variables time-stamp-line-limit, time-stamp-start, and time-stamp-end
|
|
|
7229 control finding the template." t nil)
|
|
|
7230
|
|
|
7231 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7232 Toggle time-stamp-active, setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
|
|
|
7233 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7234
|
|
|
7235 ;;;***
|
|
|
7236
|
|
|
7237 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time) "time" "packages/time.el")
|
|
|
7238
|
|
|
7239 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
|
|
|
7240 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
|
|
|
7241
|
|
|
7242 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
|
|
|
7243 Display current time, load level, and mail flag in mode line of each buffer.
|
|
|
7244 Updates automatically every minute.
|
|
|
7245 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
|
|
|
7246 are displayed as well.
|
|
|
7247 After each update, `display-time-hook' is run with `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
7248 If `display-time-echo-area' is non-nil, the time is displayed in the
|
|
|
7249 echo area instead of in the mode-line." t nil)
|
|
|
7250
|
|
|
7251 ;;;***
|
|
|
7252
|
|
|
7253 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region overstrike-region unoverstrike-region ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" "packages/underline.el")
|
|
|
7254
|
|
|
7255 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7256 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
7257 Works by overstriking underscores.
|
|
|
7258 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7259 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7260
|
|
|
7261 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7262 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
|
|
|
7263 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7264 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7265
|
|
|
7266 (autoload 'unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7267 Remove all overstriking (character-backspace-character) in the region.
|
|
|
7268 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the
|
|
|
7269 range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7270
|
|
|
7271 (autoload 'overstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7272 Overstrike (character-backspace-character) all nonblank characters in
|
|
|
7273 the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which
|
|
|
7274 specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7275
|
|
|
7276 (autoload 'ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7277 Remove underlining and overstriking in the region. Called from a program,
|
|
|
7278 takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7279
|
|
|
7280 ;;;***
|
|
|
7281
|
|
|
7282 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-to-update-copyright update-copyright) "upd-copyr" "packages/upd-copyr.el")
|
|
|
7283
|
|
|
7284 (defvar copyright-do-not-disturb "Free Software Foundation, Inc." "\
|
|
|
7285 *If non-nil, the existing copyright holder is checked against this regexp.
|
|
|
7286 If it does not match, then a new copyright line is added with the copyright
|
|
|
7287 holder set to the value of `copyright-whoami'.")
|
|
|
7288
|
|
|
7289 (defvar copyright-whoami nil "\
|
|
|
7290 *A string containing the name of the owner of new copyright notices.")
|
|
|
7291
|
|
|
7292 (defvar copyright-notice-file nil "\
|
|
|
7293 *If non-nil, replace copying notices with this file.")
|
|
|
7294
|
|
|
7295 (autoload 'update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7296 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer
|
|
|
7297 to indicate the current year. If optional arg REPLACE is given
|
|
|
7298 \(interactively, with prefix arg) replace the years in the notice
|
|
|
7299 rather than adding the current year after them.
|
|
|
7300 If `copyright-notice-file' is set, the copying permissions following the
|
|
|
7301 copyright are replaced as well.
|
|
|
7302
|
|
|
7303 If optional third argument ASK is non-nil, the user is prompted for whether
|
|
|
7304 or not to update the copyright. If optional fourth argument ASK-YEAR is
|
|
|
7305 non-nil, the user is prompted for whether or not to replace the year rather
|
|
|
7306 than adding to it." t nil)
|
|
|
7307
|
|
|
7308 (autoload 'ask-to-update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7309 If the current buffer contains a copyright notice that is out of date,
|
|
|
7310 ask the user if it should be updated with `update-copyright' (which see).
|
|
|
7311 Put this on write-file-hooks." nil nil)
|
|
|
7312
|
|
|
7313 ;;;***
|
|
|
7314
|
|
|
7315 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-update-change-log vc-rename-this-file vc-rename-file vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-version-diff vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-file-status) "vc" "packages/vc.el")
|
|
|
7316
|
|
|
7317 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7318 *List of functions called after a checkin is done. See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7319
|
|
|
7320 (autoload 'vc-file-status "vc" "\
|
|
|
7321 Display the current status of the file being visited.
|
|
|
7322 Currently, this is only defined for CVS. The information provided in the
|
|
|
7323 modeline is generally sufficient for RCS and SCCS." t nil)
|
|
|
7324
|
|
|
7325 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
|
|
|
7326 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
|
|
|
7327
|
|
|
7328 For RCS and SCCS files:
|
|
|
7329 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7330 control and then retrieves a writable, locked copy for editing.
|
|
|
7331 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
|
|
|
7332 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
|
|
|
7333 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
|
|
|
7334 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
|
|
|
7335 it performs a revert.
|
|
|
7336 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
|
|
|
7337 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
|
|
|
7338 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
|
|
|
7339 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
|
|
|
7340 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
|
|
|
7341 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
|
|
|
7342 the option to steal the lock.
|
|
|
7343
|
|
|
7344 For CVS files:
|
|
|
7345 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7346 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
|
|
|
7347 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
|
|
|
7348 If the file has not been changed, neither in your working area or
|
|
|
7349 in the repository, a message is printed and nothing is done.
|
|
|
7350 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
|
|
|
7351 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
|
|
|
7352 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
|
|
|
7353 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
|
|
|
7354 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
|
|
|
7355 merge in the changes into your working copy.
|
|
|
7356
|
|
|
7357 The following is true regardless of which version control system you
|
|
|
7358 are using:
|
|
|
7359
|
|
|
7360 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
|
|
|
7361 it will operate on the file in the current line.
|
|
|
7362 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
|
|
|
7363 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
|
|
|
7364 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
|
|
|
7365 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
|
|
|
7366 lock steals will raise an error.
|
|
|
7367
|
|
|
7368 For checkin, a prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use." t nil)
|
|
|
7369
|
|
|
7370 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
|
|
|
7371 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
|
|
|
7372
|
|
|
7373 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7374 Display diffs between file versions.
|
|
|
7375 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
|
|
|
7376 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
|
|
|
7377 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
|
|
|
7378 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
|
|
|
7379
|
|
|
7380 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7381 For FILE, report diffs between two stored versions REL1 and REL2 of it.
|
|
|
7382 If FILE is a directory, generate diffs between versions for all registered
|
|
|
7383 files in or below it." t nil)
|
|
|
7384
|
|
|
7385 (autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
|
|
|
7386 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
|
|
|
7387 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
|
|
|
7388 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
|
|
|
7389
|
|
|
7390 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
|
|
|
7391 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
|
|
|
7392 Headers desired are inserted at the start of the buffer, and are pulled from
|
|
|
7393 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
7394
|
|
|
7395 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
|
|
|
7396 Show version-control status of all files in the directory DIR.
|
|
|
7397 If the second argument VERBOSE is non-nil, show all files;
|
|
|
7398 otherwise show only files that current locked in the version control system.
|
|
|
7399 Interactively, supply a prefix arg to make VERBOSE non-nil.
|
|
|
7400
|
|
|
7401 If the optional third argument NESTED is non-nil,
|
|
|
7402 scan the entire tree of subdirectories of the current directory." t nil)
|
|
|
7403
|
|
|
7404 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7405 Make a snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7406 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
|
|
|
7407 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
|
|
|
7408 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
|
|
|
7409
|
|
|
7410 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7411 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7412 This function fails if any files are locked at or below the current directory
|
|
|
7413 Otherwise, all registered files are checked out (unlocked) at their version
|
|
|
7414 levels in the snapshot." t nil)
|
|
|
7415
|
|
|
7416 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7417 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
|
|
|
7418
|
|
|
7419 (autoload 'vc-revert-buffer "vc" "\
|
|
|
7420 Revert the current buffer's file back to the latest checked-in version.
|
|
|
7421 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
|
|
|
7422 to that version.
|
|
|
7423 If the back-end is CVS, this will give you the most recent revision of
|
|
|
7424 the file on the branch you are editing." t nil)
|
|
|
7425
|
|
|
7426 (autoload 'vc-cancel-version "vc" "\
|
|
|
7427 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
|
|
|
7428 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
|
|
|
7429
|
|
|
7430 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
|
|
|
7431 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
|
|
|
7432
|
|
|
7433 (autoload 'vc-rename-this-file "vc" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7434
|
|
|
7435 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7436 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS logs.
|
|
|
7437 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
|
|
|
7438 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
|
|
|
7439 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all files currently visited.
|
|
|
7440 Otherwise, find log entries for all registered files in the default directory.
|
|
|
7441 From a program, any arguments are passed to the `rcs2log' script." t nil)
|
|
|
7442
|
|
|
7443 ;;;***
|
|
|
7444
|
|
|
7445 ;;;### (autoloads (webster-spell webster-endings webster) "webster" "packages/webster.el")
|
|
|
7446
|
|
|
7447 (autoload 'webster "webster" "\
|
|
|
7448 Look up a word in the Webster's dictionary.
|
|
|
7449 Open a network login connection to a webster host if necessary.
|
|
|
7450 Communication with host is recorded in a buffer *webster*." t nil)
|
|
|
7451
|
|
|
7452 (autoload 'webster-endings "webster" "\
|
|
|
7453 Look up endings for a word in the Webster's dictionary.
|
|
|
7454 Open a network login connection to a webster host if necessary.
|
|
|
7455 Communication with host is recorded in a buffer *webster*." t nil)
|
|
|
7456
|
|
|
7457 (autoload 'webster-spell "webster" "\
|
|
|
7458 Look spelling for a word in the Webster's dictionary.
|
|
|
7459 Open a network login connection to a webster host if necessary.
|
|
|
7460 Communication with host is recorded in a buffer *webster*." t nil)
|
|
|
7461
|
|
|
7462 ;;;***
|
|
|
7463
|
|
|
7464 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "xscheme" "packages/xscheme.el")
|
|
|
7465
|
|
|
7466 (defvar scheme-program-name "scheme" "\
|
|
|
7467 *Program invoked by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7468
|
|
|
7469 (defvar scheme-band-name nil "\
|
|
|
7470 *Band loaded by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7471
|
|
|
7472 (defvar scheme-program-arguments nil "\
|
|
|
7473 *Arguments passed to the Scheme program by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7474
|
|
|
7475 (autoload 'run-scheme "xscheme" "\
|
|
|
7476 Run an inferior Scheme process.
|
|
|
7477 Output goes to the buffer `*scheme*'.
|
|
|
7478 With argument, asks for a command line." t nil)
|
|
|
7479
|
|
|
7480 ;;;***
|
|
|
7481
|
|
|
7482 ;;;### (autoloads (pcl-cvs-fontify) "pcl-cvs-xemacs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-xemacs.el")
|
|
|
7483
|
|
|
7484 (autoload 'pcl-cvs-fontify "pcl-cvs-xemacs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7485
|
|
|
7486 ;;;***
|
|
|
7487
|
|
|
7488 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-update-other-window cvs-update) "pcl-cvs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs.el")
|
|
|
7489
|
|
|
7490 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7491 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7492 output to a *cvs* buffer and run cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7493 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7494
|
|
|
7495 (autoload 'cvs-update-other-window "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7496 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7497 output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the other window, and run
|
|
|
7498 cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7499
|
|
|
7500 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7501
|
|
|
7502 ;;;***
|
|
|
7503
|
|
|
7504 ;;;### (autoloads (about-xemacs) "about" "prim/about.el")
|
|
|
7505
|
|
|
7506 (autoload 'about-xemacs "about" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7507
|
|
|
7508 ;;;***
|
|
|
7509
|
|
|
7510 ;;;### (autoloads (all-hail-emacs all-hail-xemacs praise-be-unto-emacs praise-be-unto-xemacs) "advocacy" "prim/advocacy.el")
|
|
|
7511
|
|
|
7512 (defvar xemacs-praise-sound-file "sounds/im_so_happy.au" "\
|
|
|
7513 The name of an audio file containing something to play
|
|
|
7514 when praising XEmacs")
|
|
|
7515
|
|
|
7516 (defvar xemacs-praise-message "All Hail XEmacs!\n" "\
|
|
|
7517 What to praise XEmacs with")
|
|
|
7518
|
|
|
7519 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7520 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7521
|
|
|
7522 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7523
|
|
|
7524 (autoload 'all-hail-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7525 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7526
|
|
|
7527 (autoload 'all-hail-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7528
|
|
|
7529 ;;;***
|
|
|
7530
|
|
|
7531 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-buffer-case-table) "case-table" "prim/case-table.el")
|
|
|
7532
|
|
|
7533 (autoload 'describe-buffer-case-table "case-table" "\
|
|
|
7534 Describe the case table of the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7535
|
|
|
7536 ;;;***
|
|
|
7537
|
|
|
7538 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" "prim/debug.el")
|
|
|
7539
|
|
|
7540 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
|
|
|
7541 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
|
|
|
7542 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
|
|
|
7543 of the evaluator.
|
|
|
7544
|
|
|
7545 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
|
|
|
7546 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
|
|
|
7547 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7548
|
|
|
7549 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7550 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
|
|
|
7551 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
|
|
|
7552 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
|
|
|
7553 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
|
|
|
7554 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
|
|
|
7555 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
|
|
|
7556
|
|
|
7557 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7558 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
|
|
|
7559 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
|
|
|
7560
|
|
|
7561 ;;;***
|
|
|
7562
|
|
|
7563 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default standard-display-8bit make-display-table describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "prim/disp-table.el")
|
|
|
7564
|
|
|
7565 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7566 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7567
|
|
|
7568 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7569 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
|
|
|
7570
|
|
|
7571 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7572 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
|
|
|
7573
|
|
|
7574 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7575 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
|
|
|
7576
|
|
|
7577 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7578 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
|
|
|
7579
|
|
|
7580 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7581 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
|
|
|
7582 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
|
|
|
7583 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7584
|
|
|
7585 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7586 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
|
|
|
7587 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
|
|
|
7588 X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7589
|
|
|
7590 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7591 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
|
|
|
7592
|
|
|
7593 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7594 Toggle display of European characters encoded with ISO 8859.
|
|
|
7595 When enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not
|
|
|
7596 as octal escapes, but as accented characters.
|
|
|
7597 With prefix argument, enable European character display iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7598
|
|
|
7599 ;;;***
|
|
|
7600
|
|
|
7601 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "prim/env.el")
|
|
|
7602
|
|
|
7603 (autoload 'setenv "env" "\
|
|
|
7604 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
|
|
|
7605 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
|
|
|
7606 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
|
|
|
7607
|
|
|
7608 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
|
|
|
7609 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
|
|
|
7610 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
|
|
|
7611
|
|
|
7612 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
|
|
|
7613
|
|
|
7614 ;;;***
|
|
|
7615
|
|
|
7616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "itimer" "prim/itimer.el")
|
|
|
7617
|
|
|
7618 ;;;***
|
|
|
7619
|
|
|
7620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs" "prim/loaddefs.el")
|
|
|
7621
|
|
|
7622 ;;;***
|
|
|
7623
|
|
|
7624 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "prim/macros.el")
|
|
|
7625
|
|
|
7626 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
|
|
|
7627 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
|
|
|
7628 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
|
|
|
7629 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
|
|
|
7630 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid
|
|
|
7631 editor command." t nil)
|
|
|
7632
|
|
|
7633 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
|
|
|
7634 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
|
|
|
7635 Optional second argument KEYS means also record the keys it is on
|
|
|
7636 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
|
|
|
7637
|
|
|
7638 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the
|
|
|
7639 same definition it has now. If you say to record the keys,
|
|
|
7640 the Lisp code will also rebind those keys to the macro.
|
|
|
7641 Only global key bindings are recorded since executing this Lisp code
|
|
|
7642 always makes global bindings.
|
|
|
7643
|
|
|
7644 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
|
|
|
7645 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
|
|
|
7646
|
|
|
7647 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
|
|
|
7648 Query user during kbd macro execution.
|
|
|
7649 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
|
|
|
7650 reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
|
|
|
7651 You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
|
|
|
7652 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
|
|
|
7653 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
|
|
|
7654 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
|
|
|
7655 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
|
|
|
7656 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
|
|
|
7657 \\[recenter] Redisplay the frame, then ask again.
|
|
|
7658 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
|
|
|
7659
|
|
|
7660 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
|
|
|
7661 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
|
|
|
7662 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
|
|
|
7663
|
|
|
7664 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
|
|
|
7665 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
|
|
|
7666 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
|
|
|
7667 execute.
|
|
|
7668
|
|
|
7669 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
|
|
|
7670 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
|
|
|
7671
|
|
|
7672 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
|
|
|
7673 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
|
|
|
7674 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
|
|
|
7675 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
|
|
|
7676 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
|
|
|
7677
|
|
|
7678 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
|
|
|
7679 looked like this:
|
|
|
7680
|
|
|
7681 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
|
|
|
7682 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
|
|
|
7683 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
|
|
|
7684
|
|
|
7685 You could enter the names in this format:
|
|
|
7686
|
|
|
7687 foo
|
|
|
7688 bar
|
|
|
7689 baz
|
|
|
7690
|
|
|
7691 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
|
|
|
7692
|
|
|
7693 \\C-x (
|
|
|
7694 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
|
|
|
7695 \\C-x )
|
|
|
7696
|
|
|
7697 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
|
|
|
7698 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
|
|
|
7699 " t nil)
|
|
|
7700
|
|
|
7701 ;;;***
|
|
|
7702
|
|
|
7703 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) "novice" "prim/novice.el")
|
|
|
7704
|
|
|
7705 (autoload 'disabled-command-hook "novice" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7706
|
|
|
7707 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7708 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
|
|
|
7709 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7710 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7711
|
|
|
7712 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7713 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
|
|
|
7714 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7715 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7716
|
|
|
7717 ;;;***
|
|
|
7718
|
|
|
7719 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "prim/options.el")
|
|
|
7720
|
|
|
7721 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7722 Display a list of XEmacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
|
|
|
7723
|
|
|
7724 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7725 Edit a list of XEmacs user option values.
|
|
|
7726 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
|
|
|
7727 in which there are commands to set the option values.
|
|
|
7728 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands." t nil)
|
|
|
7729
|
|
|
7730 ;;;***
|
|
|
7731
|
|
|
7732 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "prim/rect.el")
|
|
|
7733
|
|
|
7734 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7735 Delete (don't save) text in rectangle with point and mark as corners.
|
|
|
7736 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line
|
|
|
7737 where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends." t nil)
|
|
|
7738
|
|
|
7739 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7740 Delete contents of rectangle and return it as a list of strings.
|
|
|
7741 Arguments START and END are the corners of the rectangle.
|
|
|
7742 The value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7743
|
|
|
7744 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7745 Return contents of rectangle with corners at START and END.
|
|
|
7746 Value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7747
|
|
|
7748 (defvar killed-rectangle nil "\
|
|
|
7749 Rectangle for yank-rectangle to insert.")
|
|
|
7750
|
|
|
7751 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7752 Delete rectangle with corners at point and mark; save as last killed one.
|
|
|
7753 Calling from program, supply two args START and END, buffer positions.
|
|
|
7754 But in programs you might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle'." t nil)
|
|
|
7755
|
|
|
7756 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7757 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7758
|
|
|
7759 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7760 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
|
|
|
7761 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
|
|
|
7762 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
|
|
|
7763 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
|
|
|
7764 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
|
|
|
7765 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
|
|
|
7766
|
|
|
7767 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7768 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7769 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
|
|
|
7770 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle." t nil)
|
|
|
7771
|
|
|
7772 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7773 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7774 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
|
|
|
7775 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
|
|
|
7776
|
|
|
7777 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
|
|
|
7778
|
|
|
7779 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7780 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark.
|
|
|
7781 The text previously in the region is overwritten by the blanks.
|
|
|
7782 When called from a program, requires two args which specify the corners." t nil)
|
|
|
7783
|
|
|
7784 ;;;***
|
|
|
7785
|
|
|
7786 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "prim/reposition.el")
|
|
|
7787
|
|
|
7788 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
|
|
|
7789 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
|
|
|
7790 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
|
|
|
7791 visibility of comments that precede it.
|
|
|
7792 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
|
|
|
7793 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
|
|
|
7794 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
|
|
|
7795 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
|
|
|
7796 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
|
|
|
7797 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
|
|
|
7798 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
|
|
|
7799 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
|
|
|
7800 the comment lines.
|
|
|
7801 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
|
|
|
7802 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
|
|
|
7803 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
|
|
|
7804 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
|
|
|
7805 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
|
|
|
7806
|
|
|
7807 ;;;***
|
|
|
7808
|
|
|
7809 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-float-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "prim/sort.el")
|
|
|
7810
|
|
|
7811 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
|
|
|
7812 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
|
|
|
7813 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
|
|
|
7814
|
|
|
7815 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
|
|
|
7816 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
|
|
|
7817 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
|
|
|
7818 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
|
|
|
7819 contiguous.
|
|
|
7820
|
|
|
7821 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
|
|
|
7822 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
|
|
|
7823 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7824 the sort order.
|
|
|
7825
|
|
|
7826 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
|
|
|
7827 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
|
|
|
7828
|
|
|
7829 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
|
|
|
7830 It moves point to the start of the next record.
|
|
|
7831 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
|
|
|
7832 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
|
|
|
7833 is called.
|
|
|
7834
|
|
|
7835 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
|
|
|
7836 It should move point to the end of the record.
|
|
|
7837
|
|
|
7838 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
|
|
|
7839 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
|
|
|
7840 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
|
|
|
7841 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
|
|
|
7842 starts at the beginning of the record.
|
|
|
7843
|
|
|
7844 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
|
|
|
7845 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
|
|
|
7846 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
|
|
|
7847
|
|
|
7848 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
|
|
|
7849 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7850 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7851 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7852 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7853 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
7854
|
|
|
7855 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
|
|
|
7856 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7857 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7858 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7859 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7860 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
7861
|
|
|
7862 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
|
|
|
7863 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7864 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7865 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7866 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7867 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
7868
|
|
|
7869 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
7870 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
7871 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
7872 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
|
|
|
7873 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
7874 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7875 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
|
|
|
7876 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7877 the sort order.
|
|
|
7878 If you want to sort floating-point numbers, try `sort-float-fields'." t nil)
|
|
|
7879
|
|
|
7880 (autoload 'sort-float-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
7881 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
7882 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. Specified field
|
|
|
7883 must contain a floating point number in each line of the region. With a
|
|
|
7884 negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. Called from a
|
|
|
7885 program, there are three arguments: FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify
|
|
|
7886 region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
7887
|
|
|
7888 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
7889 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
7890 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
7891 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
7892 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7893 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
7894
|
|
|
7895 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
7896 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
|
|
|
7897 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
|
|
|
7898 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
|
|
|
7899 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
|
|
|
7900 is to be used for sorting.
|
|
|
7901 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
|
|
|
7902 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
|
|
|
7903 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
|
|
|
7904 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
|
|
|
7905 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
|
|
|
7906
|
|
|
7907 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
|
|
|
7908
|
|
|
7909 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7910 the sort order.
|
|
|
7911
|
|
|
7912 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
|
|
|
7913 starting with the letter \"f\",
|
|
|
7914 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
|
|
|
7915
|
|
|
7916 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
|
|
|
7917 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
|
|
|
7918 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
|
|
|
7919 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
|
|
|
7920 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
|
|
|
7921 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
|
|
|
7922 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7923 the sort order.
|
|
|
7924
|
|
|
7925 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
|
|
|
7926 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
|
|
|
7927 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
|
|
|
7928 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
|
|
|
7929 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
|
|
|
7930
|
|
|
7931 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
|
|
|
7932 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
|
|
|
7933 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
|
|
|
7934
|
|
|
7935 ;;;***
|
|
|
7936
|
|
|
7937 ;;;### (autoloads (load-default-sounds load-sound-file) "sound" "prim/sound.el")
|
|
|
7938
|
|
|
7939 (or sound-alist (setq sound-alist '((ready nil) (warp nil))))
|
|
|
7940
|
|
|
7941 (autoload 'load-sound-file "sound" "\
|
|
|
7942 Read in an audio-file and add it to the sound-alist.
|
|
|
7943
|
|
|
7944 You can only play sound files if you are running on display 0 of the console
|
|
|
7945 of a Sun SparcStation, SGI machine, or HP9000s700, or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
7946 server. The sound file must be in the Sun/NeXT U-LAW format." t nil)
|
|
|
7947
|
|
|
7948 (autoload 'load-default-sounds "sound" "\
|
|
|
7949 Load and install some sound files as beep-types.
|
|
|
7950 This only works if you're on display 0 of a Sun SparcStation, SGI machine,
|
|
|
7951 or HP9000s700, or running a NetAudio server." t nil)
|
|
|
7952
|
|
|
7953 ;;;***
|
|
|
7954
|
|
|
7955 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "prim/tabify.el")
|
|
|
7956
|
|
|
7957 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
7958 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
|
|
|
7959 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
7960 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
7961 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
7962
|
|
|
7963 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
7964 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
|
|
|
7965 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
|
|
|
7966 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
|
|
|
7967 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
7968 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
7969 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
7970
|
|
|
7971 ;;;***
|
|
|
7972
|
|
|
7973 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "prim/userlock.el")
|
|
|
7974
|
|
|
7975 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
|
|
|
7976 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by USER.
|
|
|
7977 This function has a choice of three things to do:
|
|
|
7978 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE USER))
|
|
|
7979 to refrain from editing the file
|
|
|
7980 return t (grab the lock on the file)
|
|
|
7981 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
|
|
|
7982 You can rewrite it to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do." nil nil)
|
|
|
7983
|
|
|
7984 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
|
|
|
7985 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
|
|
|
7986 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
|
|
|
7987 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
|
|
|
7988 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
|
|
|
7989
|
|
|
7990 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
|
|
|
7991 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
|
|
|
7992
|
|
|
7993 ;;;***
|
|
|
7994
|
|
|
7995 ;;;### (autoloads (style-format) "psgml-fs" "psgml/psgml-fs.el")
|
|
|
7996
|
|
|
7997 (autoload 'style-format "psgml-fs" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7998
|
|
|
7999 ;;;***
|
|
|
8000
|
|
|
8001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "psgml-html" "psgml/psgml-html.el")
|
|
|
8002
|
|
|
8003 (autoload 'html-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8004 HTML mode." t)
|
|
|
8005
|
|
|
8006 (autoload 'html3-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8007 HTML3 mode." t)
|
|
|
8008
|
|
|
8009 ;;;***
|
|
|
8010
|
|
|
8011 ;;;### (autoloads (sgml-mode) "psgml" "psgml/psgml.el")
|
|
|
8012
|
|
|
8013 (autoload 'sgml-mode "psgml" "\
|
|
|
8014 Major mode for editing SGML.\\<sgml-mode-map>
|
|
|
8015 Makes > display the matching <. Makes / display matching /.
|
|
|
8016 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
|
|
|
8017
|
|
|
8018 You can find information with:
|
|
|
8019 \\[sgml-show-context] Show the nesting of elements at cursor position.
|
|
|
8020 \\[sgml-list-valid-tags] Show the tags valid at cursor position.
|
|
|
8021
|
|
|
8022 Insert tags with completion of contextually valid tags with \\[sgml-insert-tag].
|
|
|
8023 End the current element with \\[sgml-insert-end-tag]. Insert an element (i.e.
|
|
|
8024 both start and end tag) with \\[sgml-insert-element]. Or tag a region with
|
|
|
8025 \\[sgml-tag-region].
|
|
|
8026
|
|
|
8027 To tag a region with the mouse, use transient mark mode or secondary selection.
|
|
|
8028
|
|
|
8029 Structure editing:
|
|
|
8030 \\[sgml-backward-element] Moves backwards over the previous element.
|
|
|
8031 \\[sgml-forward-element] Moves forward over the nex element.
|
|
|
8032 \\[sgml-down-element] Move forward and down one level in the element structure.
|
|
|
8033 \\[sgml-backward-up-element] Move backward out of this element level.
|
|
|
8034 \\[sgml-beginning-of-element] Move to after the start tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8035 \\[sgml-end-of-element] Move to before the end tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8036 \\[sgml-kill-element] Kill the element following the cursor.
|
|
|
8037
|
|
|
8038 Finding interesting positions
|
|
|
8039 \\[sgml-next-data-field] Move forward to next point where data is allowed.
|
|
|
8040 \\[sgml-next-trouble-spot] Move forward to next point where something is
|
|
|
8041 amiss with the structure.
|
|
|
8042
|
|
|
8043 Folding and unfolding
|
|
|
8044 \\[sgml-fold-element] Fold the lines comprising the current element, leaving
|
|
|
8045 the first line visible.
|
|
|
8046 \\[sgml-fold-subelement] Fold the elements in the content of the current element.
|
|
|
8047 Leaving the first line of every element visible.
|
|
|
8048 \\[sgml-unfold-line] Show hidden lines in current line.
|
|
|
8049
|
|
|
8050 User options:
|
|
|
8051
|
|
|
8052 sgml-omittag Set this to reflect OMITTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8053 sgml-shortag Set this to reflect SHORTTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8054 sgml-auto-insert-required-elements If non-nil, automatically insert required
|
|
|
8055 elements in the content of an inserted element.
|
|
|
8056 sgml-balanced-tag-edit If non-nil, always insert start-end tag pairs.
|
|
|
8057 sgml-omittag-transparent If non-nil, will show legal tags inside elements
|
|
|
8058 with omitable start tags and legal tags beyond omitable end tags.
|
|
|
8059 sgml-leave-point-after-insert If non-nil, the point will remain after
|
|
|
8060 inserted tag(s).
|
|
|
8061 sgml-warn-about-undefined-elements If non-nil, print a warning when a tag
|
|
|
8062 for a undefined element is found.
|
|
|
8063 sgml-max-menu-size Max number of entries in Tags and Entities menus before
|
|
|
8064 they are split into several panes.
|
|
|
8065 sgml-always-quote-attributes If non-nil, quote all attribute values
|
|
|
8066 inserted after finishing edit attributes.
|
|
|
8067 sgml-minimize-attributes Determines minimization of attributes inserted by
|
|
|
8068 edit-attributes.
|
|
|
8069 sgml-normalize-trims If non-nil, sgml-normalize will trim off white space
|
|
|
8070 from end of element when adding end tag.
|
|
|
8071 sgml-indent-step How much to increament indent for every element level.
|
|
|
8072 sgml-indent-data If non-nil, indent in data/mixed context also.
|
|
|
8073 sgml-set-face If non-nil, psgml will set the face of parsed markup.
|
|
|
8074 sgml-markup-faces The faces used when the above variable is non-nil.
|
|
|
8075 sgml-system-path List of directorys used to look for system identifiers.
|
|
|
8076 sgml-public-map Mapping from public identifiers to file names.
|
|
|
8077 sgml-offer-save If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before
|
|
|
8078 \\[sgml-validate] is run.
|
|
|
8079
|
|
|
8080 All bindings:
|
|
|
8081 \\{sgml-mode-map}
|
|
|
8082 " t nil)
|
|
|
8083
|
|
|
8084 ;;;***
|
|
|
8085
|
|
|
8086 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-input rmail-mode rmail) "rmail" "rmail/rmail.el")
|
|
|
8087
|
|
|
8088 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
|
|
|
8089 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
|
|
|
8090 A value of nil means exclude your own name only.")
|
|
|
8091
|
|
|
8092 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
|
|
|
8093 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
|
|
|
8094 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
|
|
|
8095 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
|
|
|
8096 value is the user's name.)
|
|
|
8097 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
|
|
|
8098
|
|
|
8099 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
|
|
|
8100 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
|
|
|
8101 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
|
|
|
8102 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
|
|
|
8103
|
|
|
8104 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
|
|
|
8105 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
|
|
|
8106
|
|
|
8107 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
|
|
|
8108 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
|
|
|
8109 A value of nil means don't highlight.
|
|
|
8110 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
|
|
|
8111
|
|
|
8112 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
|
|
|
8113 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
|
|
|
8114
|
|
|
8115 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
|
|
|
8116 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
|
|
|
8117
|
|
|
8118 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
|
|
|
8119 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
|
|
|
8120 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
|
|
|
8121 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
|
|
|
8122 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
|
|
|
8123
|
|
|
8124 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
|
|
|
8125 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
|
|
|
8126
|
|
|
8127 (defvar rmail-retry-setup-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8128 Hook that `rmail-retry-failure' uses in place of `mail-setup-hook'.")
|
|
|
8129
|
|
|
8130 (defvar rmail-last-file nil)
|
|
|
8131
|
|
|
8132 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8133 Read and edit incoming mail.
|
|
|
8134 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
|
|
|
8135 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
|
|
|
8136 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
|
|
|
8137
|
|
|
8138 May be called with filename as argument; then performs rmail editing on
|
|
|
8139 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8140
|
|
|
8141 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8142 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
|
|
|
8143 All normal editing commands are turned off.
|
|
|
8144 Instead, these commands are available:
|
|
|
8145
|
|
|
8146 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
|
|
|
8147 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
|
|
|
8148 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
|
|
|
8149 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8150 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8151 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8152 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8153 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8154 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8155 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
|
|
|
8156 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
|
|
|
8157 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
|
|
|
8158 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
|
|
|
8159 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
|
|
|
8160 till a deleted message is found.
|
|
|
8161 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
|
|
|
8162 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
|
|
|
8163 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
|
|
|
8164 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
|
|
|
8165 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
|
|
|
8166 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
|
|
|
8167 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
|
|
|
8168 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
|
|
|
8169 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
|
|
|
8170 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
|
|
|
8171 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
|
|
|
8172 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
|
|
|
8173 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
|
|
|
8174 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
|
|
|
8175 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
|
|
|
8176 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
|
|
|
8177 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
|
|
|
8178 (label defaults to last one specified).
|
|
|
8179 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
|
|
|
8180 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
|
|
|
8181 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
|
|
|
8182 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
|
|
|
8183 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
|
|
|
8184 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
|
|
|
8185 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
|
|
|
8186 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
|
|
|
8187 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
|
|
|
8188
|
|
|
8189 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8190 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
8191
|
|
|
8192 ;;;***
|
|
|
8193
|
|
|
8194 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-file-p) "rmailout" "rmail/rmailout.el")
|
|
|
8195
|
|
|
8196 (autoload 'rmail-file-p "rmailout" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8197
|
|
|
8198 ;;;***
|
|
|
8199
|
|
|
8200 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "rmail/unrmail.el")
|
|
|
8201
|
|
|
8202 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8203 Convert Rmail files to mailbox files.
|
|
|
8204 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
|
|
|
8205 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
|
|
|
8206 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
|
|
|
8207 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8208
|
|
|
8209 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8210 Convert Rmail file FILE to mailbox-format file TO-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
8211
|
|
|
8212 ;;;***
|
|
|
8213
|
|
|
8214 ;;;### (autoloads (mime/editor-mode) "tm-edit" "tm/tm-edit.el")
|
|
|
8215
|
|
|
8216 (autoload 'mime/editor-mode "tm-edit" "\
|
|
|
8217 MIME minor mode for editing the tagged MIME message.
|
|
|
8218
|
|
|
8219 In this mode, basically, the message is composed in the tagged MIME
|
|
|
8220 format. The message tag looks like:
|
|
|
8221
|
|
|
8222 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP][7bit]]
|
|
|
8223
|
|
|
8224 The tag specifies the MIME content type, subtype, optional parameters
|
|
|
8225 and transfer encoding of the message following the tag. Messages
|
|
|
8226 without any tag are treated as `text/plain' by default. Charset and
|
|
|
8227 transfer encoding are automatically defined unless explicitly
|
|
|
8228 specified. Binary messages such as audio and image are usually hidden.
|
|
|
8229 The messages in the tagged MIME format are automatically translated
|
|
|
8230 into a MIME compliant message when exiting this mode.
|
|
|
8231
|
|
|
8232 Available charsets depend on Emacs version being used. The following
|
|
|
8233 lists the available charsets of each emacs.
|
|
|
8234
|
|
|
8235 EMACS 18: US-ASCII is only available.
|
|
|
8236 NEmacs: US-ASCII and ISO-2022-JP are available.
|
|
|
8237 EMACS 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8238 XEmacs 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8239 Mule: US-ASCII, ISO-8859-* (except for ISO-8859-5), KOI8-R,
|
|
|
8240 ISO-2022-JP, ISO-2022-JP-2, ISO-2022-KR, BIG5 and
|
|
|
8241 ISO-2022-INT-1 are available.
|
|
|
8242
|
|
|
8243 ISO-2022-JP-2 and ISO-2022-INT-1 charsets used in mule is expected to
|
|
|
8244 be used to represent multilingual text in intermixed manner. Any
|
|
|
8245 languages that has no registered charset are represented as either
|
|
|
8246 ISO-2022-JP-2 or ISO-2022-INT-1 in mule.
|
|
|
8247
|
|
|
8248 If you want to use non-ISO-8859-1 charset in EMACS 19 or XEmacs 19,
|
|
|
8249 please set variable `default-mime-charset'. This variable must be
|
|
|
8250 symbol of which name is a MIME charset.
|
|
|
8251
|
|
|
8252 If you want to add more charsets in mule, please set variable
|
|
|
8253 `charsets-mime-charset-alist'. This variable must be alist of which
|
|
|
8254 key is list of leading-char/charset and value is symbol of MIME
|
|
|
8255 charset. (leading-char is a term of MULE 1.* and 2.*. charset is a
|
|
|
8256 term of XEmacs/mule, mule merged EMACS and MULE 3.*) If name of
|
|
|
8257 coding-system is different as MIME charset, please set variable
|
|
|
8258 `mime-charset-coding-system-alist'. This variable must be alist of
|
|
|
8259 which key is MIME charset and value is coding-system.
|
|
|
8260
|
|
|
8261 Following commands are available in addition to major mode commands:
|
|
|
8262
|
|
|
8263 [make single part]
|
|
|
8264 \\[mime-editor/insert-text] insert a text message.
|
|
|
8265 \\[mime-editor/insert-file] insert a (binary) file.
|
|
|
8266 \\[mime-editor/insert-external] insert a reference to external body.
|
|
|
8267 \\[mime-editor/insert-voice] insert a voice message.
|
|
|
8268 \\[mime-editor/insert-message] insert a mail or news message.
|
|
|
8269 \\[mime-editor/insert-mail] insert a mail message.
|
|
|
8270 \\[mime-editor/insert-signature] insert a signature file at end.
|
|
|
8271 \\[mime-editor/insert-key] insert PGP public key.
|
|
|
8272 \\[mime-editor/insert-tag] insert a new MIME tag.
|
|
|
8273
|
|
|
8274 [make enclosure (maybe multipart)]
|
|
|
8275 \\[mime-editor/enclose-alternative-region] enclose as multipart/alternative.
|
|
|
8276 \\[mime-editor/enclose-parallel-region] enclose as multipart/parallel.
|
|
|
8277 \\[mime-editor/enclose-mixed-region] enclose as multipart/mixed.
|
|
|
8278 \\[mime-editor/enclose-digest-region] enclose as multipart/digest.
|
|
|
8279 \\[mime-editor/enclose-signed-region] enclose as PGP signed.
|
|
|
8280 \\[mime-editor/enclose-encrypted-region] enclose as PGP encrypted.
|
|
|
8281 \\[mime-editor/enclose-quote-region] enclose as verbose mode (to avoid to expand tags)
|
|
|
8282
|
|
|
8283 [other commands]
|
|
|
8284 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-7bit] set transfer-level as 7.
|
|
|
8285 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-8bit] set transfer-level as 8.
|
|
|
8286 \\[mime-editor/set-split] set message splitting mode.
|
|
|
8287 \\[mime-editor/set-sign] set PGP-sign mode.
|
|
|
8288 \\[mime-editor/set-encrypt] set PGP-encryption mode.
|
|
|
8289 \\[mime-editor/preview-message] preview editing MIME message.
|
|
|
8290 \\[mime-editor/exit] exit and translate into a MIME compliant message.
|
|
|
8291 \\[mime-editor/help] show this help.
|
|
|
8292 \\[mime-editor/maybe-translate] exit and translate if in MIME mode, then split.
|
|
|
8293
|
|
|
8294 Additional commands are available in some major modes:
|
|
|
8295 C-c C-c exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8296 C-c C-s exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8297
|
|
|
8298 The following is a message example written in the tagged MIME format.
|
|
|
8299 TABs at the beginning of the line are not a part of the message:
|
|
|
8300
|
|
|
8301 This is a conventional plain text. It should be translated
|
|
|
8302 into text/plain.
|
|
|
8303 --[[text/plain]]
|
|
|
8304 This is also a plain text. But, it is explicitly specified as
|
|
|
8305 is.
|
|
16
|
8306 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1]]
|
|
|
8307 This is also a plain text. But charset is specified as
|
|
|
8308 iso-8859-1.
|
|
|
8309
|
|
|
8310 ¡Hola! Buenos días. ¿Cómo está usted?
|
|
|
8311 --[[text/enriched]]
|
|
|
8312 This is a <bold>enriched text</bold>.
|
|
|
8313 --[[image/gif][base64]]...image encoded in base64 here...
|
|
|
8314 --[[audio/basic][base64]]...audio encoded in base64 here...
|
|
12
|
8315
|
|
|
8316 User customizable variables (not documented all of them):
|
|
|
8317 mime-prefix
|
|
|
8318 Specifies a key prefix for MIME minor mode commands.
|
|
|
8319
|
|
|
8320 mime-ignore-preceding-spaces
|
|
|
8321 Preceding white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8322
|
|
|
8323 mime-ignore-trailing-spaces
|
|
|
8324 Trailing white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8325
|
|
|
8326 mime-auto-hide-body
|
|
|
8327 Hide a non-textual body message encoded in base64 after insertion
|
|
|
8328 if non-nil.
|
|
|
8329
|
|
|
8330 mime-editor/transfer-level
|
|
|
8331 A number of network transfer level. It should be bigger than 7.
|
|
|
8332 If you are in 8bit-through environment, please set 8.
|
|
|
8333
|
|
|
8334 mime-editor/voice-recorder
|
|
|
8335 Specifies a function to record a voice message and encode it.
|
|
|
8336 The function `mime-editor/voice-recorder-for-sun' is for Sun
|
|
|
8337 SparcStations.
|
|
|
8338
|
|
|
8339 mime/editor-mode-hook
|
|
|
8340 Turning on MIME mode calls the value of mime/editor-mode-hook, if
|
|
|
8341 it is non-nil.
|
|
|
8342
|
|
|
8343 mime-editor/translate-hook
|
|
|
8344 The value of mime-editor/translate-hook is called just before translating
|
|
|
8345 the tagged MIME format into a MIME compliant message if it is
|
|
|
8346 non-nil. If the hook call the function mime-editor/insert-signature,
|
|
|
8347 the signature file will be inserted automatically.
|
|
|
8348
|
|
|
8349 mime-editor/exit-hook
|
|
|
8350 Turning off MIME mode calls the value of mime-editor/exit-hook, if it is
|
|
|
8351 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
8352
|
|
|
8353 (defalias 'edit-mime 'mime/editor-mode)
|
|
|
8354
|
|
|
8355 ;;;***
|
|
|
8356
|
|
|
8357 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice) "advice" "utils/advice.el")
|
|
|
8358
|
|
|
8359 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
|
|
|
8360 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
|
|
|
8361 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
|
|
|
8362 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
|
|
|
8363 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
|
|
|
8364 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
|
|
|
8365 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
|
|
|
8366 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
|
|
|
8367 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
|
|
|
8368 interpreted as `error'.")
|
|
|
8369
|
|
|
8370 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
|
|
|
8371 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
|
|
|
8372 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
|
|
|
8373 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
|
|
|
8374 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
|
|
|
8375 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
|
|
|
8376 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
|
|
|
8377 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
|
|
|
8378
|
|
|
8379 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8380 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
|
|
|
8381 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
|
|
|
8382 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
|
|
|
8383 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
|
|
|
8384 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
|
|
|
8385 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
|
|
|
8386 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
|
|
|
8387 will be overwritten with the new one.
|
|
|
8388 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
|
|
|
8389 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
|
|
|
8390 will clear the cache." nil nil)
|
|
|
8391
|
|
|
8392 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8393 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
|
|
|
8394 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
|
|
|
8395
|
|
|
8396 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
|
|
|
8397 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
|
|
|
8398 BODY... )
|
|
|
8399
|
|
|
8400 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
|
|
|
8401 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
|
|
|
8402 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8403 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
|
|
|
8404 see also `ad-add-advice'.
|
|
|
8405 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
|
|
|
8406 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
|
|
|
8407 before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8408 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
|
|
|
8409 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
|
|
|
8410 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8411 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
|
|
|
8412 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8413 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
|
|
|
8414
|
|
|
8415 Semantics of the various flags:
|
|
|
8416 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
|
|
|
8417 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
|
|
|
8418 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
|
|
|
8419
|
|
|
8420 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
|
|
|
8421 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
|
|
|
8422
|
|
|
8423 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
|
|
|
8424 advised function should be compiled.
|
|
|
8425
|
|
|
8426 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
|
|
|
8427 during activation until somebody enables it.
|
|
|
8428
|
|
|
8429 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
|
|
|
8430 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
|
|
|
8431 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
|
|
|
8432 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
|
|
|
8433
|
|
|
8434 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
|
|
|
8435 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
|
|
|
8436 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
|
|
|
8437 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
|
|
|
8438 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
|
|
|
8439 during preloading.
|
|
|
8440
|
|
|
8441 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8442
|
|
|
8443 ;;;***
|
|
|
8444
|
|
|
8445 ;;;### (autoloads (all-annotations annotation-list annotations-at annotations-in-region annotation-at annotationp delete-annotation make-annotation) "annotations" "utils/annotations.el")
|
|
|
8446
|
|
|
8447 (defvar make-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8448 *Function or functions to run immediately after creating an annotation.")
|
|
|
8449
|
|
|
8450 (defvar before-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8451 *Function or functions to run immediately before deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8452
|
|
|
8453 (defvar after-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8454 *Function or functions to run immediately after deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8455
|
|
|
8456 (autoload 'make-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8457 Create a marginal annotation, displayed using GLYPH, at position POS.
|
|
|
8458 GLYPH may be either a glyph object or a string. Use layout policy
|
|
|
8459 LAYOUT and place the annotation in buffer BUFFER. If POS is nil, point is
|
|
|
8460 used. If LAYOUT is nil, `whitespace' is used. If BUFFER is nil, the
|
|
|
8461 current buffer is used. If WITH-EVENT is non-nil, then when an annotation
|
|
|
8462 is activated, the triggering event is passed as the second arg to the
|
|
|
8463 annotation function. If D-GLYPH is non-nil then it is used as the glyph
|
|
|
8464 that will be displayed when button1 is down. If RIGHTP is non-nil then
|
|
|
8465 the glyph will be displayed on the right side of the buffer instead of the
|
|
|
8466 left." nil nil)
|
|
|
8467
|
|
|
8468 (autoload 'delete-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8469 Remove ANNOTATION from its buffer. This does not modify the buffer text." nil nil)
|
|
|
8470
|
|
|
8471 (autoload 'annotationp "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8472 T if OBJECT is an annotation." nil nil)
|
|
|
8473
|
|
|
8474 (autoload 'annotation-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8475 Return the first annotation at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8476 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. POS defaults to point in BUFFER." nil nil)
|
|
|
8477
|
|
|
8478 (autoload 'annotations-in-region "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8479 Return all annotations in BUFFER between START and END inclusively." nil nil)
|
|
|
8480
|
|
|
8481 (autoload 'annotations-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8482 Return a list of all annotations at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8483 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used. If POS is nil, point is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8484
|
|
|
8485 (autoload 'annotation-list "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8486 Return a list of all annotations in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8487 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8488
|
|
|
8489 (autoload 'all-annotations "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8490 Return a list of all annotations in existence." nil nil)
|
|
|
8491
|
|
|
8492 ;;;***
|
|
|
8493
|
|
|
8494 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directory update-autoloads-here update-file-autoloads generate-file-autoloads) "autoload" "utils/autoload.el")
|
|
|
8495
|
|
|
8496 (autoload 'generate-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8497 Insert at point a loaddefs autoload section for FILE.
|
|
|
8498 autoloads are generated for defuns and defmacros in FILE
|
|
|
8499 marked by `generate-autoload-cookie' (which see).
|
|
|
8500 If FILE is being visited in a buffer, the contents of the buffer
|
|
|
8501 are used." t nil)
|
|
|
8502
|
|
|
8503 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8504 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
|
|
|
8505 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
|
|
|
8506
|
|
|
8507 (autoload 'update-autoloads-here "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8508 Update sections of the current buffer generated by `update-file-autoloads'." t nil)
|
|
|
8509
|
|
|
8510 (autoload 'update-autoloads-from-directory "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8511 Update `generated-autoload-file' with all the current autoloads from DIR.
|
|
|
8512 This runs `update-file-autoloads' on each .el file in DIR.
|
|
|
8513 Obsolete autoload entries for files that no longer exist are deleted." t nil)
|
|
|
8514
|
|
|
8515 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8516 Update the autoloads for the files or directories on the command line.
|
|
|
8517 Runs `update-file-autoloads' on files and `update-directory-autoloads'
|
|
|
8518 on directories. Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
8519 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
8520 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-update-autoloads *.el'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8521
|
|
|
8522 ;;;***
|
|
|
8523
|
|
|
8524 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "utils/browse-url.el")
|
|
|
8525
|
|
|
8526 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-w3 "\
|
|
|
8527 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
|
|
|
8528 Used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
|
|
|
8529 `browse-url-of-file' commands.")
|
|
|
8530
|
|
|
8531 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8532 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8533
|
|
|
8534 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
|
|
|
8535 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
|
|
|
8536
|
|
|
8537 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
|
|
|
8538 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
|
|
|
8539 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
|
|
|
8540 the effect of browse-url-new-window-p.
|
|
|
8541
|
|
|
8542 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
|
|
|
8543 used instead of browse-url-new-window-p." t nil)
|
|
|
8544
|
|
|
8545 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8546 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8547 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8548
|
|
|
8549 (autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8550 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8551 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
|
|
|
8552 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
|
|
|
8553
|
|
|
8554 (autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8555 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8556 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8557
|
|
|
8558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8559 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8560 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8561
|
|
|
8562 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8563 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8564 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
|
|
|
8565 in an Xterm window." t nil)
|
|
|
8566
|
|
|
8567 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8568 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8569 Default to the URL around or before point. Run a new Lynx process in
|
|
|
8570 an Emacs buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8571
|
|
|
8572 ;;;***
|
|
|
8573
|
|
|
8574 ;;;### (autoloads (docref-setup) "docref" "utils/docref.el")
|
|
|
8575
|
|
|
8576 (autoload 'docref-setup "docref" "\
|
|
|
8577 Process docref cross-references in the current buffer.
|
|
|
8578 See also \\(f@docref-subst)." t nil)
|
|
|
8579
|
|
|
8580 ;;;***
|
|
|
8581
|
|
|
8582 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "utils/easymenu.el")
|
|
|
8583
|
|
|
8584 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
|
|
|
8585 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
8586 The arguments SYMBOL and DOC are ignored; they are present for
|
|
|
8587 compatibility only. SYMBOL is not evaluated. In other Emacs versions
|
|
|
8588 these arguments may be used as a variable to hold the menu data, and a
|
|
|
8589 doc string for that variable.
|
|
|
8590
|
|
|
8591 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
8592 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
8593
|
|
|
8594 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
8595
|
|
|
8596 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
8597
|
|
|
8598 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
8599 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
8600
|
|
|
8601 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8602 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8603
|
|
|
8604 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
8605
|
|
|
8606 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
8607
|
|
|
8608 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
8609
|
|
|
8610 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
8611
|
|
|
8612 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
8613
|
|
|
8614 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
8615
|
|
|
8616 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8617 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8618
|
|
|
8619 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
8620
|
|
|
8621 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
8622
|
|
|
8623 :style STYLE
|
|
|
8624
|
|
|
8625 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
8626 defined:
|
|
|
8627
|
|
|
8628 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
8629 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
8630 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
8631 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
8632
|
|
|
8633 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
8634
|
|
|
8635 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
8636 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8637 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
8638
|
|
|
8639 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
8640 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
8641 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
8642
|
|
|
8643 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
8644 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
8645 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
8646 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8647
|
|
|
8648 ;;;***
|
|
|
8649
|
|
|
8650 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "utils/elp.el")
|
|
|
8651
|
|
|
8652 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8653 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
|
|
|
8654 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8655
|
|
|
8656 (autoload 'elp-restore-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8657 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
|
|
|
8658 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8659
|
|
|
8660 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
|
|
|
8661 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
|
|
|
8662 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
|
|
|
8663
|
|
|
8664 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
|
|
|
8665 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
|
|
|
8666 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
|
|
|
8667
|
|
|
8668 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
|
|
|
8669
|
|
|
8670 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
|
|
|
8671 Display current profiling results.
|
|
|
8672 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
|
|
|
8673 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
|
|
|
8674 displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
8675
|
|
|
8676 (autoload 'elp-submit-bug-report "elp" "\
|
|
|
8677 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
|
|
|
8678
|
|
|
8679 ;;;***
|
|
|
8680
|
|
|
8681 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-make-much-smaller facemenu-make-much-larger facemenu-make-smaller facemenu-make-larger facemenu-set-size-default facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "utils/facemenu.el")
|
|
|
8682
|
|
|
8683 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
|
|
|
8684 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
|
|
|
8685
|
|
|
8686 (defvar facemenu-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Set face"))) (define-key map 111 'facemenu-set-face) map) "\
|
|
|
8687 Keymap for face-changing commands.
|
|
|
8688 `Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings
|
|
|
8689 requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.")
|
|
|
8690
|
|
|
8691 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8692 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8693 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
|
|
|
8694 will not show through at all will be removed.
|
|
|
8695
|
|
|
8696 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
|
|
|
8697
|
|
|
8698 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
8699 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
8700
|
|
|
8701 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
8702 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8703 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
|
8704
|
|
|
8705 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8706 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8707 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8708 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8709 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
8710 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
8711 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8712 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
8713
|
|
|
8714 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8715 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8716 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8717 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8718 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
8719 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
8720 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8721 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
8722
|
|
|
8723 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8724 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8725 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
|
|
|
8726 is the menu item's name.
|
|
|
8727
|
|
|
8728 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
8729 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
8730
|
|
|
8731 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
8732 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8733 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." nil nil)
|
|
|
8734
|
|
|
8735 (autoload 'facemenu-set-size-default "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8736
|
|
|
8737 (autoload 'facemenu-make-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8738
|
|
|
8739 (autoload 'facemenu-make-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8740
|
|
|
8741 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8742
|
|
|
8743 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8744
|
|
|
8745 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8746 Make the region invisible.
|
|
|
8747 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8748 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8749
|
|
|
8750 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8751 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
|
|
|
8752 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8753 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8754
|
|
|
8755 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8756 Make the region unmodifiable.
|
|
|
8757 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8758 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8759
|
|
|
8760 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-props "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8761 Remove all text properties that facemenu added to region." t nil)
|
|
|
8762
|
|
|
8763 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8764 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
|
|
|
8765 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
|
|
|
8766
|
|
|
8767 (autoload 'list-text-properties-at "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8768 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
|
|
|
8769
|
|
|
8770 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8771 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
8772
|
|
|
8773 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8774 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
|
|
|
8775 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
|
|
|
8776 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
|
|
|
8777 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
|
|
|
8778
|
|
|
8779 ;;;***
|
|
|
8780
|
|
|
8781 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "utils/flow-ctrl.el")
|
|
|
8782
|
|
|
8783 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
8784 Toggle flow control handling.
|
|
|
8785 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
|
|
|
8786 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
|
|
|
8787
|
|
|
8788 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
8789 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
|
|
|
8790 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
|
|
|
8791 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
|
|
|
8792 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
|
|
|
8793 to get the effect of a C-q.
|
|
|
8794
|
|
|
8795 This function has no effect unless the current device is a tty.
|
|
|
8796
|
|
|
8797 The tty terminal type is determined from the TERM environment variable.
|
|
|
8798 Trailing hyphens and everything following is stripped, so a TERM
|
|
|
8799 value of \"vt100-nam\" is treated the same as \"vt100\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
8800
|
|
|
8801 ;;;***
|
|
|
8802
|
|
|
8803 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) "forms" "utils/forms.el")
|
|
|
8804
|
|
|
8805 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
|
|
|
8806 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
|
|
|
8807
|
|
|
8808 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
|
|
|
8809 TAB forms-next-field TAB
|
|
|
8810 \\C-c TAB forms-next-field
|
|
|
8811 \\C-c < forms-first-record <
|
|
|
8812 \\C-c > forms-last-record >
|
|
|
8813 \\C-c ? describe-mode ?
|
|
|
8814 \\C-c \\C-k forms-delete-record
|
|
|
8815 \\C-c \\C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
|
|
|
8816 \\C-c \\C-o forms-insert-record
|
|
|
8817 \\C-c \\C-l forms-jump-record l
|
|
|
8818 \\C-c \\C-n forms-next-record n
|
|
|
8819 \\C-c \\C-p forms-prev-record p
|
|
|
8820 \\C-c \\C-r forms-search-backward r
|
|
|
8821 \\C-c \\C-s forms-search-forward s
|
|
|
8822 \\C-c \\C-x forms-exit x
|
|
|
8823 " t nil)
|
|
|
8824
|
|
|
8825 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
|
|
|
8826 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
|
|
|
8827
|
|
|
8828 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
|
|
|
8829 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
8830
|
|
|
8831 ;;;***
|
|
|
8832
|
|
|
8833 ;;;### (autoloads (highlight-headers-follow-url highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape highlight-headers) "highlight-headers" "utils/highlight-headers.el")
|
|
|
8834
|
|
|
8835 (autoload 'highlight-headers "highlight-headers" "\
|
|
|
8836 Highlight message headers between start and end.
|
|
|
8837 Faces used:
|
|
|
8838 message-headers the part before the colon
|
|
|
8839 message-header-contents the part after the colon
|
|
|
8840 message-highlighted-header-contents contents of \"special\" headers
|
|
|
8841 message-cited-text quoted text from other messages
|
|
|
8842
|
|
|
8843 Variables used:
|
|
|
8844
|
|
|
8845 highlight-headers-regexp what makes a \"special\" header
|
|
|
8846 highlight-headers-citation-regexp matches lines of quoted text
|
|
|
8847 highlight-headers-citation-header-regexp matches headers for quoted text
|
|
|
8848
|
|
|
8849 If HACK-SIG is true,then we search backward from END for something that
|
|
|
8850 looks like the beginning of a signature block, and don't consider that a
|
|
|
8851 part of the message (this is because signatures are often incorrectly
|
|
|
8852 interpreted as cited text.)" nil nil)
|
|
|
8853
|
|
|
8854 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8855
|
|
|
8856 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8857
|
|
|
8858 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url "highlight-headers" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8859
|
|
|
8860 ;;;***
|
|
|
8861
|
|
|
8862 ;;;### (autoloads (id-select-double-click-hook id-select-and-kill-thing id-select-and-copy-thing id-select-goto-matching-tag id-select-thing-with-mouse id-select-thing) "id-select" "utils/id-select.el")
|
|
|
8863
|
|
|
8864 (autoload 'id-select-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
8865 Mark the region selected by the syntax of the thing at point.
|
|
|
8866 If invoked repeatedly, selects bigger and bigger things.
|
|
|
8867 If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil, the type of selection is displayed in
|
|
|
8868 the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8869
|
|
|
8870 (autoload 'id-select-thing-with-mouse "id-select" "\
|
|
|
8871 Select a region based on the syntax of the character from a mouse click.
|
|
|
8872 If the click occurs at the same point as the last click, select
|
|
|
8873 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
8874 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8875
|
|
|
8876 (autoload 'id-select-goto-matching-tag "id-select" "\
|
|
|
8877 If in a major mode listed in `id-select-markup-modes,' moves point to the start of the tag paired with the closest tag that point is within or precedes.
|
|
|
8878 Returns t if point is moved, else nil.
|
|
|
8879 Signals an error if no tag is found following point or if the closing tag
|
|
|
8880 does not have a `>' terminator character." t nil)
|
|
|
8881
|
|
|
8882 (autoload 'id-select-and-copy-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
8883 Copy the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
8884
|
|
|
8885 (autoload 'id-select-and-kill-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
8886 Kill the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
8887
|
|
|
8888 (autoload 'id-select-double-click-hook "id-select" "\
|
|
|
8889 Select a region based on the syntax of the character wherever the mouse is double-clicked.
|
|
|
8890 If the double-click occurs at the same point as the last double-click, select
|
|
|
8891 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
8892 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
8893
|
|
|
8894 ;;;***
|
|
|
8895
|
|
|
8896 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "utils/loadhist.el")
|
|
|
8897
|
|
|
8898 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
|
|
|
8899 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
|
|
|
8900 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
|
|
|
8901 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
|
|
|
8902
|
|
|
8903 ;;;***
|
|
|
8904
|
|
|
8905 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "utils/mail-extr.el")
|
|
|
8906
|
|
|
8907 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
8908 Given an RFC-822 ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
|
|
|
8909 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
|
|
|
8910 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
|
|
|
8911 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
|
|
|
8912 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
|
|
|
8913 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
|
|
|
8914 consing a string.)
|
|
|
8915 If ADDRESS contains more than one RFC-822 address, only the first is
|
|
|
8916 returned. Some day this function may be extended to extract multiple
|
|
|
8917 addresses, or perhaps return the position at which parsing stopped." nil nil)
|
|
|
8918
|
|
|
8919 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
8920 Prompts for a mail domain, and prints the country it corresponds to
|
|
|
8921 in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8922
|
|
|
8923 ;;;***
|
|
|
8924
|
|
|
8925 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "utils/mail-utils.el")
|
|
|
8926
|
|
|
8927 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
|
|
|
8928 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
|
|
|
8929 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
|
|
|
8930 often correct parser.")
|
|
|
8931
|
|
|
8932 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8933
|
|
|
8934 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
|
|
|
8935 Return the value of the header field FIELD-NAME.
|
|
|
8936 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the headers of the message.
|
|
|
8937 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last such field if there are several.
|
|
|
8938 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between." nil nil)
|
|
|
8939
|
|
|
8940 ;;;***
|
|
|
8941
|
|
|
8942 ;;;### (autoloads (read-passwd) "passwd" "utils/passwd.el")
|
|
|
8943
|
|
|
8944 (autoload 'read-passwd "passwd" "\
|
|
|
8945 Prompts for a password in the minibuffer, and returns it as a string.
|
|
|
8946 If PROMPT may be a prompt string or an alist of elements
|
|
|
8947 '(prompt . default).
|
|
|
8948 If optional arg CONFIRM is true, then ask the user to type the password
|
|
|
8949 again to confirm that they typed it correctly.
|
|
|
8950 If optional arg DEFAULT is provided, then it is a string to insert as
|
|
|
8951 the default choice (it is not, of course, displayed.)
|
|
|
8952
|
|
|
8953 If running under X, the keyboard will be grabbed (with XGrabKeyboard())
|
|
|
8954 to reduce the possibility that evesdropping is occuring.
|
|
|
8955
|
|
|
8956 When reading a password, all keys self-insert, except for:
|
|
|
8957 \\<read-passwd-map>
|
|
|
8958 \\[read-passwd-erase-line] Erase the entire line.
|
|
|
8959 \\[quoted-insert] Insert the next character literally.
|
|
|
8960 \\[delete-backward-char] Delete the previous character.
|
|
|
8961 \\[exit-minibuffer] Accept what you have typed.
|
|
|
8962 \\[keyboard-quit] Abort the command.
|
|
|
8963
|
|
|
8964 The returned value is always a newly-created string. No additional copies
|
|
|
8965 of the password remain after this function has returned.
|
|
|
8966
|
|
|
8967 NOTE: unless great care is taken, the typed password will exist in plaintext
|
|
|
8968 form in the running image for an arbitrarily long time. Priveleged users may
|
|
|
8969 be able to extract it from memory. If emacs crashes, it may appear in the
|
|
|
8970 resultant core file.
|
|
|
8971
|
|
|
8972 Some steps you can take to prevent the password from being copied around:
|
|
|
8973
|
|
|
8974 - as soon as you are done with the returned string, destroy it with
|
|
|
8975 (fillarray string 0). The same goes for any default passwords
|
|
|
8976 or password histories.
|
|
|
8977
|
|
|
8978 - do not copy the string, as with concat or substring - if you do, be
|
|
|
8979 sure to keep track of and destroy all copies.
|
|
|
8980
|
|
|
8981 - do not insert the password into a buffer - if you do, be sure to
|
|
|
8982 overwrite the buffer text before killing it, as with the functions
|
|
|
8983 `passwd-erase-buffer' or `passwd-kill-buffer'. Note that deleting
|
|
|
8984 the text from the buffer does NOT necessarily remove the text from
|
|
|
8985 memory.
|
|
|
8986
|
|
|
8987 - be careful of the undo history - if you insert the password into a
|
|
|
8988 buffer which has undo recording turned on, the password will be
|
|
|
8989 copied onto the undo list, and thus recoverable.
|
|
|
8990
|
|
|
8991 - do not pass it as an argument to a shell command - anyone will be
|
|
|
8992 able to see it if they run `ps' at the right time.
|
|
|
8993
|
|
|
8994 Note that the password will be temporarily recoverable with the `view-lossage'
|
|
|
8995 command. This data will not be overwritten until another hundred or so
|
|
|
8996 characters are typed. There's not currently a way around this." nil nil)
|
|
|
8997
|
|
|
8998 ;;;***
|
|
|
8999
|
|
|
9000 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" "utils/pp.el")
|
|
|
9001
|
|
|
9002 (defalias 'pprint 'pp)
|
|
|
9003
|
|
|
9004 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9005 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
|
|
|
9006 Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read'
|
|
|
9007 can handle, whenever this is possible.
|
|
|
9008 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
|
|
|
9009
|
|
|
9010 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
|
|
|
9011 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
|
|
|
9012 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
|
|
|
9013 instead. Value is also consed on to front of variable values 's
|
|
|
9014 value." t nil)
|
|
|
9015
|
|
|
9016 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9017 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
|
|
|
9018 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
|
|
|
9019 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
|
|
|
9020
|
|
|
9021 ;;;***
|
|
|
9022
|
|
|
9023 ;;;### (autoloads (prettyexpand-all-sexp prettyexpand-sexp macroexpand-all-sexp macroexpand-sexp pp-plist pp-variable pp-function) "pretty-print" "utils/pretty-print.el")
|
|
|
9024
|
|
|
9025 (autoload 'pp-function "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9026 Pretty print the function definition of SYMBOL in a seperate buffer" t nil)
|
|
|
9027
|
|
|
9028 (autoload 'pp-variable "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9029 Pretty print the variable value of SYMBOL in a seperate buffer" t nil)
|
|
|
9030
|
|
|
9031 (autoload 'pp-plist "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9032 Pretty print the property list of SYMBOL in a seperate buffer" t nil)
|
|
|
9033
|
|
|
9034 (autoload 'macroexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9035 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion in a
|
|
|
9036 temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9037 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9038
|
|
|
9039 (autoload 'macroexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9040 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9041 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9042 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9043
|
|
|
9044 (autoload 'prettyexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9045 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion
|
|
|
9046 in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9047 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9048 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9049 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9050 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9051
|
|
|
9052 (autoload 'prettyexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9053 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9054 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9055 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9056 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9057 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9058 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9059
|
|
|
9060 ;;;***
|
|
|
9061
|
|
|
9062 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "utils/reporter.el")
|
|
|
9063
|
|
|
9064 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9065
|
|
|
9066 ;;;***
|
|
|
9067
|
|
|
9068 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ringp) "ring" "utils/ring.el")
|
|
|
9069
|
|
|
9070 (autoload 'ringp "ring" "\
|
|
|
9071 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
9072
|
|
|
9073 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'ring-p 'ringp)
|
|
|
9074
|
|
|
9075 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
|
|
|
9076 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
|
|
|
9077
|
|
|
9078 ;;;***
|
|
|
9079
|
|
|
9080 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "utils/skeleton.el")
|
|
|
9081
|
|
|
9082 (defvar skeleton-filter 'identity "\
|
|
|
9083 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
|
|
|
9084
|
|
|
9085 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9086 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
|
|
|
9087 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
|
|
|
9088 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
|
|
|
9089 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9090
|
|
|
9091 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9092 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9093 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9094 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9095 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9096 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9097 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9098
|
|
|
9099 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9100 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9101 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9102
|
|
|
9103 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9104 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9105 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9106 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9107 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9108 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9109 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9110
|
|
|
9111 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9112 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9113 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9114
|
|
|
9115 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9116 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
|
|
|
9117
|
|
|
9118 With optional third REGIONS wrap first interesting point (`_') in skeleton
|
|
|
9119 around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. If REGIONS is negative,
|
|
|
9120 wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first REGIONS interesting positions
|
|
|
9121 \(successive `_'s) in skeleton. An interregion is the stretch of text between
|
|
|
9122 two contiguous marked points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor)
|
|
|
9123 in alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. But
|
|
|
9124 if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
|
|
|
9125
|
|
|
9126 Optional fourth STR is the value for the variable `str' within the skeleton.
|
|
|
9127 When this is non-`nil' the interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid
|
|
|
9128 skeleton element.
|
|
|
9129
|
|
|
9130 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
|
|
|
9131 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
|
|
|
9132
|
|
|
9133 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
|
|
|
9134 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
|
|
|
9135
|
|
|
9136 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
|
|
|
9137 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
|
|
|
9138 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
|
|
|
9139 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
|
|
|
9140 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
|
|
|
9141 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
|
|
|
9142 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
|
|
|
9143 nil skipped
|
|
|
9144
|
|
|
9145 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
|
|
|
9146 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
|
|
|
9147 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
|
|
|
9148 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
|
|
|
9149 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
|
|
|
9150 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
|
|
|
9151 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also a list of
|
|
|
9152 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
|
|
|
9153
|
|
|
9154 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated evaluated for their side-effect.
|
|
|
9155 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
|
|
|
9156 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
|
|
|
9157 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
|
|
|
9158 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
|
|
|
9159 available:
|
|
|
9160
|
|
|
9161 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
|
|
|
9162 then: insert previously read string once more
|
|
|
9163 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
|
|
|
9164 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
|
|
|
9165 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
|
|
|
9166
|
|
|
9167 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
|
|
|
9168 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
|
|
|
9169
|
|
|
9170 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9171 Insert the character you type ARG times.
|
|
|
9172
|
|
|
9173 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
|
|
|
9174 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
|
|
|
9175 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
|
|
|
9176 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
|
|
|
9177
|
|
|
9178 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
|
|
|
9179 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
|
|
|
9180 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
|
|
|
9181
|
|
|
9182 ;;;***
|
|
|
9183
|
|
16
|
9184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "utils/timezone.el")
|
|
|
9185
|
|
|
9186 (define-error 'invalid-date "Invalid date string")
|
|
|
9187
|
|
|
9188 ;;;***
|
|
|
9189
|
|
12
|
9190 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "utils/tq.el")
|
|
|
9191
|
|
|
9192 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
|
|
|
9193 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
|
|
|
9194 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
|
|
|
9195 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
|
|
|
9196 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
|
|
|
9197
|
|
|
9198 ;;;***
|
|
|
9199
|
|
|
9200 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function) "trace" "utils/trace.el")
|
|
|
9201
|
|
|
9202 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
|
|
|
9203 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
|
|
|
9204
|
|
|
9205 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
|
|
|
9206 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9207 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9208 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9209 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9210 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
|
|
|
9211 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
|
|
|
9212 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
9213
|
|
|
9214 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
|
|
|
9215 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9216 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9217 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9218 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9219 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
|
|
|
9220 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
|
|
|
9221
|
|
|
9222 ;;;***
|
|
|
9223
|
|
|
9224 ;;;### (autoloads (y-or-n-p-with-timeout yes-or-no-p-with-timeout with-timeout with-timeout-internal) "with-timeout" "utils/with-timeout.el")
|
|
|
9225
|
|
|
9226 (autoload 'with-timeout-internal "with-timeout" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9227
|
|
|
9228 (autoload 'with-timeout "with-timeout" "\
|
|
|
9229 Usage: (with-timeout (seconds &rest timeout-forms) &rest body)
|
|
|
9230 This is just like progn, but if the given number of seconds expires before
|
|
|
9231 the body returns, then timeout-forms are evaluated and returned instead.
|
|
|
9232 The body won't be interrupted in the middle of a computation: the check for
|
|
|
9233 the timer expiration only occurs when body does a redisplay, or prompts the
|
|
|
9234 user for input, or calls accept-process-output." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9235
|
|
|
9236 (autoload 'yes-or-no-p-with-timeout "with-timeout" "\
|
|
|
9237 Just like yes-or-no-p, but will time out after TIMEOUT seconds
|
|
|
9238 if the user has not yes answered, returning DEFAULT-VALUE." nil nil)
|
|
|
9239
|
|
|
9240 (autoload 'y-or-n-p-with-timeout "with-timeout" "\
|
|
|
9241 Just like y-or-n-p, but will time out after TIMEOUT seconds
|
|
|
9242 if the user has not yes answered, returning DEFAULT-VALUE." nil nil)
|
|
|
9243
|
|
|
9244 ;;;***
|
|
|
9245
|
|
|
9246 ;;;### (autoloads (xbm-button-create) "xbm-button" "utils/xbm-button.el")
|
|
|
9247
|
|
|
9248 (autoload 'xbm-button-create "xbm-button" "\
|
|
|
9249 Returns a list of XBM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9250 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9251 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9252 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9253 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9254
|
|
|
9255 BORDER-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9256 borders on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9257 or 0 to mean no border." nil nil)
|
|
|
9258
|
|
|
9259 ;;;***
|
|
|
9260
|
|
|
9261 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-button-create) "xpm-button" "utils/xpm-button.el")
|
|
|
9262
|
|
|
9263 (autoload 'xpm-button-create "xpm-button" "\
|
|
|
9264 Returns a list of XPM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9265 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9266 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9267 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9268 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9269
|
|
|
9270 SHADOW-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9271 shadows on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9272 or 0 to mean no shadows on the edges.
|
|
|
9273 FG-COLOR is the color used to display the text. It should be a string.
|
|
|
9274 BG-COLOR is the background color the text will be displayed upon.
|
|
|
9275 It should be a string." nil nil)
|
|
|
9276
|
|
|
9277 ;;;***
|
|
|
9278
|
|
|
9279 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode) "viper" "viper/viper.el")
|
|
|
9280
|
|
|
9281 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
|
|
|
9282 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
|
|
|
9283
|
|
|
9284 (defalias 'vip-mode 'viper-mode)
|
|
|
9285
|
|
|
9286 ;;;***
|
|
|
9287
|
|
|
9288 ;;;### (autoloads (vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps vm-easy-menu-define) "vm-easymenu" "vm/vm-easymenu.el")
|
|
|
9289
|
|
|
9290 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-define "vm-easymenu" "\
|
|
|
9291 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
9292 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
|
|
|
9293 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
|
|
|
9294
|
|
|
9295 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
9296 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
9297
|
|
|
9298 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
9299
|
|
|
9300 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
9301
|
|
|
9302 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
9303 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
9304
|
|
|
9305 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9306 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9307
|
|
|
9308 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
9309
|
|
|
9310 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
9311
|
|
|
9312 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
9313
|
|
|
9314 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
9315
|
|
|
9316 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
9317 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
|
|
|
9318 computed automatically.
|
|
|
9319
|
|
|
9320 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
9321
|
|
|
9322 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9323 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9324
|
|
|
9325 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
9326
|
|
|
9327 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
9328
|
|
|
9329 :style
|
|
|
9330
|
|
|
9331 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
9332 defined:
|
|
|
9333
|
|
|
9334 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
9335 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
9336 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
9337 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
9338
|
|
|
9339 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
9340
|
|
|
9341 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
9342 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9343 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
9344
|
|
|
9345 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
9346 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
9347 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
9348
|
|
|
9349 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
9350 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
9351 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
9352 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9353
|
|
|
9354 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps "vm-easymenu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9355
|
|
|
9356 ;;;***
|
|
|
9357
|
|
14
|
9358 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve url-cache-expired url-popup-info url-get-url-at-point url-buffer-visiting url-normalize-url url-file-attributes) "url" "w3/url.el")
|
|
|
9359
|
|
|
9360 (autoload 'url-file-attributes "url" "\
|
|
|
9361 Return a list of attributes of URL.
|
|
|
9362 Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened.
|
|
|
9363 Otherwise, list elements are:
|
|
|
9364 0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.
|
|
|
9365 1. Number of links to file.
|
|
|
9366 2. File uid.
|
|
|
9367 3. File gid.
|
|
|
9368 4. Last access time, as a list of two integers.
|
|
|
9369 First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits.
|
|
|
9370 5. Last modification time, likewise.
|
|
|
9371 6. Last status change time, likewise.
|
|
|
9372 7. Size in bytes. (-1, if number is out of range).
|
|
|
9373 8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l.
|
|
|
9374 If URL is on an http server, this will return the content-type if possible.
|
|
|
9375 9. t iff file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated.
|
|
|
9376 10. inode number.
|
|
|
9377 11. Device number.
|
|
|
9378
|
|
|
9379 If file does not exist, returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
9380
|
|
|
9381 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url" "\
|
|
|
9382 Return a 'normalized' version of URL. This strips out default port
|
|
|
9383 numbers, etc." nil nil)
|
|
|
9384
|
|
|
9385 (autoload 'url-buffer-visiting "url" "\
|
|
|
9386 Return the name of a buffer (if any) that is visiting URL." nil nil)
|
|
|
9387
|
|
|
9388 (autoload 'url-get-url-at-point "url" "\
|
|
|
9389 Get the URL closest to point, but don't change your
|
|
|
9390 position. Has a preference for looking backward when not
|
|
|
9391 directly on a symbol." nil nil)
|
|
|
9392
|
|
|
9393 (autoload 'url-popup-info "url" "\
|
|
|
9394 Retrieve the HTTP/1.0 headers and display them in a temp buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9395
|
|
|
9396 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url" "\
|
|
|
9397 Return t iff a cached file has expired." nil nil)
|
|
|
9398
|
|
|
9399 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
|
|
|
9400 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
|
9401 The document should be specified by its fully specified
|
|
|
9402 Uniform Resource Locator. No parsing is done, just return the
|
|
|
9403 document as the server sent it. The document is left in the
|
|
|
9404 buffer specified by url-working-buffer. url-working-buffer is killed
|
|
|
9405 immediately before starting the transfer, so that no buffer-local
|
|
|
9406 variables interfere with the retrieval. HTTP/1.0 redirection will
|
|
|
9407 be honored before this function exits." nil nil)
|
|
|
9408
|
|
|
9409 ;;;***
|
|
|
9410
|
|
12
|
9411 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-use-hotlist) "w3-hot" "w3/w3-hot.el")
|
|
|
9412
|
|
|
9413 (autoload 'w3-use-hotlist "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9414 Possibly go to a link in your W3/Mosaic hotlist.
|
|
|
9415 This is part of the emacs World Wide Web browser. It will prompt for
|
|
|
9416 one of the items in your 'hotlist'. A hotlist is a list of often
|
|
|
9417 visited or interesting items you have found on the World Wide Web." t nil)
|
|
|
9418
|
|
|
9419 ;;;***
|
|
|
9420
|
|
|
9421 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-follow-link w3-follow-link-other-frame w3-do-setup w3 w3-preview-this-buffer w3-batch-fetch w3-follow-url-at-point w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame w3-maybe-follow-link w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse w3-fetch w3-fetch-other-frame w3-find-file w3-open-local) "w3" "w3/w3.el")
|
|
|
9422
|
|
|
9423 (autoload 'w3-open-local "w3" "\
|
|
|
9424 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9425 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
|
9426 hypertext document. If it is a directory, and url-use-hypertext-dired
|
|
|
9427 is non-nil, then an HTML directory listing is created on the fly.
|
|
|
9428 Otherwise, dired-mode is used to visit the buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9429
|
|
|
9430 (autoload 'w3-find-file "w3" "\
|
|
|
9431 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9432 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
|
9433 hypertext document. If it is a directory, and url-use-hypertext-dired
|
|
|
9434 is non-nil, then an HTML directory listing is created on the fly.
|
|
|
9435 Otherwise, dired-mode is used to visit the buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9436
|
|
|
9437 (autoload 'w3-fetch-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9438 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9439 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9440 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9441
|
|
|
9442 (autoload 'w3-fetch "w3" "\
|
|
|
9443 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
16
|
9444 Defaults to URL of the current document, if any.
|
|
|
9445 With prefix argument, use the URL of the hyperlink under point instead." t nil)
|
|
12
|
9446
|
|
|
9447 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse "w3" "\
|
|
|
9448 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9449 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9450 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9451
|
|
|
9452 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9453 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9454 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9455 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9456
|
|
|
9457 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9458 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9459
|
|
|
9460 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point "w3" "\
|
|
|
9461 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9462
|
|
|
9463 (autoload 'w3-batch-fetch "w3" "\
|
|
|
9464 Fetch all the URLs on the command line and save them to files in
|
|
|
9465 the current directory. The first argument after the -f w3-batch-fetch
|
|
|
9466 on the command line should be a string specifying how to save the
|
|
|
9467 information retrieved. If it is \"html\", then the page will be
|
|
|
9468 unformatted when it is written to disk. If it is \"text\", then the
|
|
|
9469 page will be formatted before it is written to disk. If it is
|
|
|
9470 \"binary\" it will not mess with the file extensions, and just save
|
|
|
9471 the data in raw binary format. If none of those, the default is
|
|
|
9472 \"text\", and the first argument is treated as a normal URL." nil nil)
|
|
|
9473
|
|
|
9474 (autoload 'w3-preview-this-buffer "w3" "\
|
|
|
9475 See what this buffer will look like when its formatted as HTML.
|
|
|
9476 HTML is the HyperText Markup Language used by the World Wide Web to
|
|
|
9477 specify formatting for text. More information on HTML can be found at
|
|
|
9478 ftp.w3.org:/pub/www/doc." t nil)
|
|
|
9479
|
|
|
9480 (autoload 'w3 "w3" "\
|
|
|
9481 Retrieve the default World Wide Web home page.
|
|
|
9482 The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
|
|
|
9483 Switzerland in 1991.
|
|
|
9484
|
|
|
9485 The home page is specified by the variable w3-default-homepage. The
|
|
|
9486 document should be specified by its fully specified Uniform Resource
|
|
|
9487 Locator. The document will be parsed as HTML (if appropriate) and
|
|
|
9488 displayed in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9489
|
|
|
9490 (autoload 'w3-do-setup "w3" "\
|
|
|
9491 Do setup - this is to avoid conflict with user settings when W3 is
|
|
|
9492 dumped with emacs." nil nil)
|
|
|
9493
|
|
|
9494 (autoload 'w3-follow-link-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9495 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9496 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9497 to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
9498
|
|
|
9499 (autoload 'w3-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9500 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point.
|
|
|
9501 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9502 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9503
|
|
|
9504 ;;;***
|
|
|
9505
|
|
14
|
9506 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create) "widget-edit" "w3/widget-edit.el")
|
|
|
9507
|
|
|
9508 (autoload 'widget-create "widget-edit" "\
|
|
|
9509 Create widget of TYPE.
|
|
|
9510 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
|
|
|
9511
|
|
|
9512 (autoload 'widget-delete "widget-edit" "\
|
|
|
9513 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
|
|
|
9514
|
|
|
9515 ;;;***
|
|
|
9516
|
|
|
9517 ;;;### (autoloads (define-widget) "widget" "w3/widget.el")
|
|
|
9518
|
|
|
9519 (autoload 'define-widget "widget" "\
|
|
|
9520 Define a new widget type named NAME from CLASS.
|
|
|
9521
|
|
|
9522 NAME and CLASS should both be symbols, CLASS should be one of the
|
|
|
9523 existing widget types, or nil to create the widget from scratch.
|
|
|
9524
|
|
|
9525 After the new widget has been defined, the following two calls will
|
|
|
9526 create identical widgets:
|
|
|
9527
|
|
|
9528 * (widget-create NAME)
|
|
|
9529
|
|
|
9530 * (apply 'widget-create CLASS ARGS)
|
|
|
9531
|
|
|
9532 The third argument DOC is a documentation string for the widget." nil nil)
|
|
|
9533
|
|
|
9534 ;;;***
|
|
|
9535
|
|
12
|
9536 ;;;### (autoloads (font-menu-weight-constructor font-menu-size-constructor font-menu-family-constructor reset-device-font-menus) "x-font-menu" "x11/x-font-menu.el")
|
|
|
9537
|
|
|
9538 (defvar font-menu-ignore-scaled-fonts t "\
|
|
|
9539 *If non-nil, then the font menu will try to show only bitmap fonts.")
|
|
|
9540
|
|
|
9541 (defvar font-menu-this-frame-only-p nil "\
|
|
|
9542 *If non-nil, then changing the default font from the font menu will only
|
|
|
9543 affect one frame instead of all frames.")
|
|
|
9544
|
|
|
9545 (fset 'install-font-menus 'reset-device-font-menus)
|
|
|
9546
|
|
|
9547 (autoload 'reset-device-font-menus "x-font-menu" "\
|
|
|
9548 Generates the `Font', `Size', and `Weight' submenus for the Options menu.
|
|
|
9549 This is run the first time that a font-menu is needed for each device.
|
|
|
9550 If you don't like the lazy invocation of this function, you can add it to
|
|
|
9551 `create-device-hook' and that will make the font menus respond more quickly
|
|
|
9552 when they are selected for the first time. If you add fonts to your system,
|
|
|
9553 or if you change your font path, you can call this to re-initialize the menus." nil nil)
|
|
|
9554
|
|
|
9555 (autoload 'font-menu-family-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9556
|
|
|
9557 (autoload 'font-menu-size-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9558
|
|
|
9559 (autoload 'font-menu-weight-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9560
|
|
|
9561 ;;;***
|
